{"title":"Metal Drills and Milling Machines","description":"\u003cp\u003eMetal drilling and milling machines for workshops, laboratories, and production departments. In this section, you will find 197 machines: bench and pillar drills for drilling up to Ø 25 mm, combined drilling-milling machines with cross table and 3-axis DRO, gear-driven and radial drills for heavy-duty drilling up to Ø 80 mm, universal milling machines for keyways and grooves, portable chamfering machines for edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour European brands: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bernardo\"\u003eBernardo\u003c\/a\u003e (Austria), \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/flott\"\u003eFLOTT\u003c\/a\u003e (Germany), Güde (Germany), and Record Power (UK). Prices from €250 to €64,074 including VAT, with shipping to Italy and Europe.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-banco-bfm-2100-servo","title":"Bernardo BFM 2100 Servo Bed Milling Machine – 2,100×500 mm table, ISO 50, 3-axis digital display","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BFM 2100 Servo bed milling machine offers a 2,100×500 mm table with a 1,800 kg load capacity, ISO 50 spindle taper, 6-300\/30-1,500 rpm spindle speed in two ranges, X\/Y\/Z travel of 1,500\/650\/650 mm, continuous servo-assisted feeds X\/Y 2.5-3,000 mm\/min and rapid traverses of 6,000 mm\/min, ball screws on all axes, 11 kW main motor, 3.6 kW feed motor, 360° swiveling Huron type universal head, and ES-12 H 3-axis digital display. Approx. weight 7,300 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWork table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,100 × 500 mm – load capacity 1,800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-300 \/ 30-1,500 rpm (2 ranges)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eX \/ Y \/ Z travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,500 \/ 650 \/ 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRapid traverses X\/Y\/Z:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000 \/ 6,000 \/ 3,000 mm\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 7,300 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BFM 2100 Servo and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BFM 2100 Servo is a heavy industrial bed milling machine designed for heavy-duty machining of large workpieces. The massive gray cast iron structure, reinforced box-type carriage, and 7,300 kg weight provide the necessary rigidity for heavy milling without vibration. The 360° swiveling Huron-type universal head allows for horizontal, vertical, and angular milling in one machine. Servo-assisted feeds on all three axes (with rapid traverses up to 6,000 mm\/min on X\/Y), ball screws, and the ES-12 H digital display make the machine suitable for both precision machining and heavy roughing. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, mold shops, ship repair, and maintenance of large-format mechanical components that require generous load capacity and travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BFM 2100 Servo is at the top of Bernardo's bed milling machine range. The ISO 50 spindle taper is the standard industrial size for heavy milling (vs ISO 40 for mid-range milling machines): it allows for larger diameter tools and more aggressive material removal tolerances. The X\/Y\/Z travels of 1,500\/650\/650 mm handle workpieces that smaller workshop milling machines could not accommodate, such as mechanical carpentry components, welded structures, and large-format molds. Below the BFM 2100 Servo, Bernardo offers milling machines with tables of 1,300-1,700 mm and ISO 40, sized for medium-sized workshops. Above the 2100 Servo, one enters the category of CNC machining centers and gantry milling machines, sized for automated production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South of Italy). With 7,300 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity and appropriately sized workshop access. A reinforced concrete foundation is recommended for precision machining. Clamps, milling tool holders, Huron head spare parts, and original Bernardo spare accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the BFM 2100 Servo for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 7,300 kg, 11 kW motor, and 2,100 mm table. Its cost, dimensions, and the required industrial three-phase electrical line make it unsuitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium-large mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor machining large workpieces (mechanical components, carpentry, molds), repairs, and industrial maintenance. The 1,800 kg table load capacity handles practically any generalist mechanical workshop component.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production \/ mold shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eServo-assisted feeds, ball screws, and a 3-axis digital display support precision machining on large workpieces. For automated series production, consider CNC machining centers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e automated series production with numerical control (consider dedicated CNC machining centers); workshops without an industrial three-phase line or without space for a dedicated foundation; machining small workpieces (under 200×200 mm) where more compact milling machines would be more productive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,100 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable load capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (range 1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 – 300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (range 2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 – 1,500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° (Huron universal head)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous feeds X\/Y\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 – 3,000 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous feed Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 – 2,500 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid traverses X\/Y\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid traverse Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotors and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.6 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,350 × 2,800 × 2,830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 7,300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 H 3-axis digital display with LCD screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic handwheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous servo-assisted feeds on all axes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBall screws on all axes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED work lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling device with tank and pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e360° swiveling Huron type universal head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal counter bearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong arbor ISO 50 \/ 32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapered milling tool holder ISO 50 \/ 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZ-axis telescopic cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal protective device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover for horizontal milling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic central lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does the BFM 2100 Servo require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's 7,300 kg is recommended. For precision machining, standard industrial flooring may be insufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect installation requires a reinforced concrete slab at least 200 mm thick under the machine, with a leveled surface for stable support on the adjustable feet. For precision machining with tight tolerances, a dedicated foundation isolated from the rest of the workshop floor reduces vibrational transmissions from other machines. Krollit does not provide on-site foundation laying services: involve a qualified installer for site preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use standard ISO 40 tools with an adapter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, reduction milling tool holders from ISO 50 to ISO 40 are available to use mid-range tools. The machine is natively sized for ISO 50 but supports adapters for smaller tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduction milling tool holders allow flexibility in using tools purchased for previous machines. However, to maximize the capacity of the BFM 2100 Servo, the native use of ISO 50 tools is preferable: ISO 50 milling tool holders have greater rigidity and allow more aggressive material removal without vibrations. Clamps and original spare milling tool holders are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 360° Huron head really practical?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It allows horizontal, vertical, and angular milling without changing tools. For general workshops that process different workpieces, this is the most significant practical difference compared to milling machines with a fixed head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Huron universal head is a heavy construction feature: it adds mechanical complexity but eliminates the need to purchase additional equipment for horizontal milling. Continuous 360° rotation also allows for complex angular milling (e.g., inclined surfaces, angled grooves) that would otherwise require the use of rotary or angular tables. The investment in a Huron head pays off in general workshops with a variety of operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo ball screws really make a difference?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, significantly. They reduce axial play to practically zero and allow positioning repeatability of a few microns, compared to the hundredths of a millimeter typical of traditional lead screws\/nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBall screws are the standard for modern precision machine tools. On a milling machine of this size, the difference is seen in the achievable tolerances and the reduction of backlash, which would otherwise require manual compensation. Combined with the ES-12 H 3-axis digital display, they allow working with tolerances within ±0.01 mm under standard conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 3,350 × 2,800 × 2,830 mm. For workpiece handling and service accessibility, an operating area of at least 6 × 5 m with a minimum ceiling height of 3.5 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe X-travel of 1,500 mm and the table load capacity of 1,800 kg require space for handling heavy workpieces with a hoist or workshop crane. For loading\/unloading operations, it is recommended to have at least 1.5 m clear space in front of the table. The indicated heights consider the machine with the Huron head in the vertical position: in the horizontal configuration, the vertical footprint is reduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693018714440,"sku":"02-1323XL","price":72982.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_a_banco_Bernardo_BFM_2100_Servo_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1758120978"},{"product_id":"smussatrici-bernardo-kfm-100k","title":"Bernardo KFM 100 K Circular Chamfering Machine – 230V, chamfer adjustment 0-4 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 100 K circular chamfering machine is a lightweight handheld tool for deburring, chamfering, and radiusing steel, stainless steel, plastic, and non-ferrous metals. It features a 45° milling head with 2 TiN-coated carbide inserts, continuously adjustable chamfer from 0 to 4 mm in 0.1 mm increments, a minimum internal radius of 20 mm, a speed of 10,000 rpm, and a 720 W single-phase 230V motor. Weight 3.5 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 – 4 mm adjustable (0.1 mm increments)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Internal Radius:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting Inserts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 TiN-coated inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 720 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KFM 100 K and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 100 K is a compact handheld chamfering machine for the quick removal of sharp edges, cutting burrs, and dangerous corners on metal parts of various shapes. The fixed 45° angle is standard for typical mechanical engineering chamfering, while the continuous adjustment of the chamfer width from 0-4 mm in 0.1 mm increments allows for precise finish control. Its ability to work on internal radii up to 20 mm distinguishes it from fixed bench chamfering machines. The TiN-coated carbide inserts ensure superior durability compared to standard inserts and a clean finish on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, and plastic. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops for post-cutting finishing, metal fabricators for chamfering edges for welding, and laboratories working on safety-critical metal parts where burrs are unacceptable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo chamfering machine range, the KFM 100 K is the entry-level model for manual use at 45°. The KFM 200 M chamfering machines (with linear guide) in the same range offer a chamfer width up to 10 mm and angle adjustment from 15°-45°, sized for heavy chamfers on panels and steel beams for welding. The difference is in purpose: the KFM 100 K is a quick finishing tool for removing burrs and edges on finished parts; the KFM 200 M is a preparation machine for welding seams in heavy fabrication. For most workshops, the KFM 100 K is the right tool for daily deburring; the KFM 200 M only makes sense if V-chamfers for welding on steel thicker than 6-8 mm are regularly performed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Weighing 3.5 kg, it is shipped in a carrying case and can be handled and used by one person. Original Bernardo TiN inserts, grinding wheels, and spare accessories are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KFM 100 K for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful tool for those who regularly work with metals and need to remove cutting burrs. For occasional use (a few operations per month), it may be oversized: consider economical handheld chamfering machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ Blacksmith\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor quick deburring, chamfering edges on cut parts, post-welding finishing. TiN-coated inserts cover most metal materials. Suitable for daily artisanal use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy fabrication \/ Welding preparation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor deep V-chamfers (over 4 mm) for welding on thick steel, consider the KFM 200 M with a chamfer width up to 10 mm and angular adjustment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e deep chamfers over 4 mm wide (consider KFM 200 M); preparing welding seams on steel over 6-8 mm thick (KFM 200 M); working on internal radii smaller than 20 mm (requires smaller milling cutters).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChamfering Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous, 0.1 mm increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum workable internal radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCutter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsert material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTiN-coated carbide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 × 190 × 140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e45° milling head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiN-coated carbide inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set for insert changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can I use the KFM 100 K on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steel, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, copper, engineering plastics. TiN inserts are suitable for all typical ferrous and non-ferrous metals used in fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTiN (titanium nitride) coated carbide inserts have significantly longer life than standard HSS inserts and maintain their edge at high operating temperatures. For stainless steel and high-strength steels, the feed rate should be reduced to avoid overheating the insert. For exclusive applications on special materials (titanium, nickel alloys), consult Krollit for dedicated inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long do TiN inserts last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn artisanal use, TiN inserts last from 200 to 500 linear meters of chamfering on mild steel before requiring rotation (they are reversible) or replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual life depends on the material being worked (stainless steel accelerates wear), the set chamfer thickness (4 mm wears faster than 1 mm), and the feed rate. Original Bernardo replacement TiN inserts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. For workshops with intensive use, it is advisable to keep at least a stock of inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between KFM 100 K and KFM 200 M?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KFM 100 K is a circular handheld chamfering machine, chamfer up to 4 mm, fixed 45° angle, weight 3.5 kg. The KFM 200 M is a 200 mm linear guide chamfering machine, chamfer up to 10 mm, adjustable angle 15°-45°, weight 11 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two machines address different needs. The KFM 100 K is a finishing tool: fast, lightweight, for deburring and small chamfers. The KFM 200 M is a preparation machine: it operates on panels and beams following a linear guide, for deep chamfers typical of welding seam preparation. For general workshops with predominantly finishing chamfering, the KFM 100 K is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I work on internal radii with the KFM 100 K?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, up to a minimum internal radius of 20 mm. For narrower radii, the geometry of the milling head cannot access, and unworked residue will form.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ability to work on internal radii distinguishes the KFM 100 K from fixed bench chamfering machines. The 20 mm limit covers the vast majority of metal fabrication parts with internal angles or curves. For chamfering on internal radii smaller than 20 mm, dedicated end mills mounted on pneumatic or electric rotary tools are required, not chamfering machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 720 W motor sufficient for continuous use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for artisanal-daily use. For continuous industrial cycles (over 4 hours a day), evaluate the thermal management of the motor with adequate breaks for heat dissipation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 720 W is sized for intensive intermittent use. The motor can reach high temperatures during prolonged continuous use, a condition that reduces the tool's lifespan. For workshops with high daily use, it is recommended to organize work with cooling breaks or consider chamfering machines with cooled motors sized for industrial cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693021204808,"sku":"05-1646","price":250.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KFM_100_K_Smussatrice_circolare_compatta_45.jpg?v=1757489170"},{"product_id":"smussatrici-bernardo-kfm-200m-400v","title":"Bernardo KFM 200 M Portable Chamfering Machine – 400V, chamfer up to 10 mm, angle 15°-45°","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 200 M portable chamfering machine offers a chamfer width of up to 10 mm at 45°, angle adjustment from 15°-45°, a 200 mm guide rail for linear stability, and a 0.55 kW three-phase 400V motor with a speed of 2,800 rpm. It is designed for preparing weld seams on steel panels, beams, and profiles with 90° surfaces. Weight: 11 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer width at 45°:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer angle adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15° – 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KFM 200 M and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 200 M \/ 400V is a professional portable chamfering machine for preparing weld seams on steel panels, structural beams, and profiles with 90° surfaces. The 200 mm linear guide rail ensures that the milling head slides stably and repeatably, producing uniform chamfers over long lengths without the undulations or variations typical of free-hand chamfering machines. The 15°-45° angle adjustment allows the chamfer geometry to be adapted to the required welding type: open angles for full penetration welding, closed angles for filler welds. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by heavy metal fabricators, steel structure construction workshops, shipyards, and repair shops that require precise chamfers on workpieces up to 10 mm effective width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KFM 200 M is available in both a 400V three-phase version (this model) and a 230V single-phase version. The specifications are identical: only the power supply changes. The 400V version is preferable for continuous professional use due to the more consistent motor torque; the 230V version is the only choice for workshops without a three-phase line. In the Bernardo chamfering machine range, the KFM 200 M occupies the professional segment for preparing weld seams on light-to-medium fabrication. Below it is the KFM 100 K (free-hand, chamfer up to 4 mm) for quick finishing; above it are industrial chamfering machines with chamfer widths over 15 mm and guide rails up to 500 mm. For most fabrication workshops that do regular welding, the KFM 200 M is the standard preparation machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 11 kg, it is shipped in a carrying case and can be handled by one person. Original Bernardo spare inserts, grinding wheels, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the KFM 200 M is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine sized for professional weld preparation use. Cost and 400V three-phase power make it unsuitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabricator \/ professional welder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer up to 10 mm at 45° with adjustable angle is sized for standard weld seam preparation. Guide rail ensures repeatability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial fabrication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor chamfers over 10 mm effective width or guide rails over 200 mm, consider industrial chamfering machines with extended travel and more powerful motors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e chamfers under 1 mm width (the machine is sized for weld preparation chamfers, not for fine finishing; consider KFM 100 K); workpieces with curved surfaces or angles not at 90° (require free-hand chamfering machines); workshops without a 400V three-phase line (choose KFM 200 M \/ 230V).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChamfering capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer width at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer angle adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide rail length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and motor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 × 250 × 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 mm guide rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMilling head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbide inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I make chamfers wider than 10 mm in multiple passes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn theory, yes, but alignment between consecutive passes is critical and produces visually irregular results. For chamfers over 10 mm, consider industrial chamfering machines with a higher nominal width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe precision of the 200 mm guide rail is optimized for a single pass up to 10 mm. Multiple passes require manual realignment which rarely produces coincident results without micro-steps. For shipyards and heavy fabrication with wide weld seams, industrial chamfering machines with a nominal width of up to 25-30 mm in a single pass are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 15°-45° angle adjustment cover all types of welding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt covers the vast majority of standard welds: V at 60° (30°×2 chamfer), X at 60° (30°×2 double-sided chamfer), Y, K. For special welds with particular angles, verify the required geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChamfer angles of 30°-37.5° (achieved with 30°-37.5° adjustments on one side) are the most common for structural welding of standard steels. Narrow-groove welds (angles below 15°) or open-groove welds (angles above 45°) require specialized equipment or processing with specific milling cutters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between KFM 200 M \/ 400V and \/ 230V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are identical except for the power supply: 400V three-phase vs 230V single-phase. Same chamfer specifications, weight, dimensions, 0.55 kW motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 400V three-phase version has more consistent motor torque in prolonged use and handles heat better in intensive cycles. The 230V single-phase version is the choice for workshops without a three-phase line: nearly identical performance on intermittent use. For workshops that have both lines available, the 400V is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I also work on curved surfaces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The 200 mm guide rail is designed for flat 90° surfaces. On curved surfaces, the machine does not slide uniformly, and the chamfer will be irregular.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor working on curved surfaces (vessels, tanks, tubular profiles), free-hand chamfering machines like the KFM 100 K are necessary, where the operator manually controls the pressure and feed speed. The KFM 200 M is specifically designed for panels and beams with constant cross-section and flat surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long do carbide inserts last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional weld seam preparation use, inserts last from 100 to 300 linear meters of chamfering on mild steel before rotation or replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDurability depends on chamfer thickness (10 mm consumes 3-4 times faster than 3 mm), material (stainless steel reduces durability by 40-50%), and feed speed. For sites with intensive use, it is advisable to keep a stock of inserts. Original Bernardo spare inserts are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693022024008,"sku":"05-1632","price":640.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KFM_200_M_Smussatrice_portatile_400_V_compatta_ed_ergonomica.jpg?v=1757488697"},{"product_id":"bernardo-kfm-200m-smussatrice-portatile","title":"Bernardo KFM 200 M Portable Chamfering Machine – 230V, chamfer up to 10 mm, angle 15°-45°","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 200 M \/ 230V portable chamfering machine offers a chamfer width of up to 10 mm at 45°, angle adjustment from 15°-45°, a 200 mm guide rail, a 0.55 kW single-phase 230V motor, and a speed of 2,800 rpm. This is the single-phase version of the KFM 200 M, identical in performance to the 400V three-phase version except for the power supply. Designed for weld seam preparation. Weight 11 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer width at 45°:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer angle adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15° – 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide rail:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KFM 200 M and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 200 M \/ 230V is the single-phase version of the professional portable chamfering machine for workshops without a 400V three-phase line. The technical specifications are identical to the 400V three-phase version: chamfer width up to 10 mm at 45°, adjustable angle 15°-45°, 200 mm guide rail. The 0.55 kW single-phase motor is functionally equivalent to the three-phase for intermittent use and moderate duration cycles; for prolonged continuous use, the three-phase version maintains torque better. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by small and artisanal metalworking shops with only a 230V single-phase line that need to prepare weld seams on steel panels and beams up to 10 mm effective chamfer width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KFM 200 M \/ 230V shares everything with the KFM 200 M \/ 400V except the power supply type. Same milling head, same guide rail, same weight (11 kg), same chamfering capabilities. The choice between the two versions is dictated exclusively by the electrical system available in the workshop: with a 400V three-phase line, the three-phase version is preferable for continuous use; with only a 230V single-phase supply, this version is the only one that can be installed. Below the KFM 200 M, the Bernardo chamfering machine range offers the KFM 100 K for finishing chamfers on small radii; above it are industrial chamfering machines with chamfer widths over 15 mm for heavy metalwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Weighing 11 kg, it is shipped in a carrying case and can be handled by one person. Original Bernardo spare inserts, grinding wheels, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KFM 200 M for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine sized for professional weld preparation use. Even in the 230V version, the cost and 11 kg weight make it unsuitable for occasional hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal metalworking shop \/ blacksmith with only 230V line\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase version for workshops without a three-phase line. Same capabilities as the 400V version for intermittent use: chamfer up to 10 mm with angle adjustment 15°-45°.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetalworking shop with intensive continuous use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor prolonged continuous cycles (over 4 hours daily), the 400V three-phase version maintains torque better. If three-phase is available, it is preferable to choose it.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e chamfers under 1 mm width (consider KFM 100 K); pieces with curved surfaces or angles not at 90°; prolonged industrial continuous use (prefer the KFM 200 M \/ 400V three-phase).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChamfering capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer width at 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer angle adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15° – 45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide rail length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and motor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 × 250 × 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 mm guide rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMilling head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbide inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on a standard 230V household outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 0.55 kW single-phase motor requires a standard 16A outlet. The power draw is manageable by a standard household\/artisan meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 0.55 kW motor draws peak currents of 1-1.2 kW, which can be handled by a standard 3 kW household meter. For prolonged continuous use, the average consumption remains well below the tripping threshold of a standard circuit breaker. For workshops with other machines running simultaneously, check the available power of the meter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the performance the same as the 400V three-phase version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intermittent use, yes. For prolonged continuous use (over 4 hours), the three-phase version maintains motor torque better and manages heat more effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical difference between single-phase and three-phase at this power level is limited. For artisanal and construction site use, the 230V version offers more than adequate performance. Only for continuous industrial cycles on hard steels does the difference become noticeable, with the three-phase reducing the frequency of cooling breaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I convert the 230V to 400V later?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the motor is dedicated. To switch from single-phase to three-phase, you need to replace the machine with the 400V version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe single-phase and three-phase motors are completely different units, not interchangeable. The choice of version must be made based on the electrical system available at the time of purchase. If the workshop is undergoing electrical renovation with future installation of a three-phase line, it may be convenient to wait and purchase the three-phase version, which is more suitable for intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply is required for an extension cord?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor extension cords longer than 5 meters, use a cable with a minimum cross-section of 2.5 mm² to avoid voltage drops. For long extension cords (over 20 meters), consider a 4 mm² cross-section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KFM 200 M \/ 230V with a starting current draw of 1.2 kW requires correctly sized extension cords to avoid voltage drops that would reduce motor torque. Thin (1-1.5 mm²) coiled extension cords typical of construction sites are not suitable for prolonged use of this machine: they cause cable overheating and performance loss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh with the carrying case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e11 kg net without the case, approximately 13-14 kg with the carrying case. Manageable by one person for movement around a construction site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11 kg weight is the working weight: the operator holds the machine with two hands during use. The carrying case makes it practical to move between construction sites. For sites with frequent transfers between work points, the KFM 200 M is sized to be easily carried by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693024645448,"sku":"05-16320","price":640.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KFM_200_M_Smussatrice_portatile_compatta_ed_ergonomica.jpg?v=1757433587"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapano-colonna-sb-40-profi","title":"Bernardo SB 40 Profi Pillar Drill – Ø 40 mm, Vario-drive 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SB 40 Profi pillar drill drills up to Ø 40 mm in steel, with a continuous Vario-drive system (90–1,455 rpm), MT 4 taper, tiltable table ±50°, spindle travel 160 mm, automatic feed 0.1\/0.2\/0.3 mm\/rev, 1.0\/1.5 kW three-phase 400V motor. Weight approx. 380 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 40 mm (steel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Continuous Vario-drive 90 – 1,455 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic feed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 \/ 0.2 \/ 0.3 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTiltable table:\u003c\/strong\u003e ±50°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.0\/1.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 380 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the SB 40 Profi and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo SB 40 Profi is the flagship professional pillar drill in the Bernardo range: with its Vario-drive system that continuously adjusts speed without changing belts (90–1,455 rpm), three-step selectable automatic feed (0.1\/0.2\/0.3 mm\/rev), and ±50° tiltable table, it's the machine for workshops that regularly drill various materials — from aluminum to structural steel — and want to switch between parameters in seconds instead of minutes. The MT 4 taper allows mounting large drill bits and special tools without adapters. At 380 kg, it has the necessary mass for heavy-duty work without vibrations. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and metal frame fabricators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo SB 40 Profi for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine weighing 380 kg with three-phase 400V. For hobby use, consider lighter single-phase pillar drills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVario-drive with no belt changes, automatic feed, MT 4, ±50° table: the drill for those who regularly drill various materials with maximum operational flexibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe automatic feed of 0.1\/0.2\/0.3 mm\/rev is crucial for serial drilling with consistent quality without operator fatigue.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without three-phase 400V; occasional hobby use; those who do not need Ø 40 mm (a smaller drill is sufficient and less expensive).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax drilling capacity (steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyless chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 – 16 mm \/ B16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax. 590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVario-drive (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 – 1,455 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic spindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 \/ 0.3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTiltable table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−50° \/ +50°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions \/ T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e505 × 425 mm \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 × 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 \/ 1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 930 × 1,870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 380 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Vario-drive system and why is it an advantage over belt changes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Vario-drive continuously adjusts the spindle speed via a mechanical variator, without having to stop the machine, open the cover, and move the belt between pulleys. The practical result: to go from 200 rpm (large drilling in steel) to 1,200 rpm (small drilling in aluminum), you turn a knob in 3 seconds instead of losing 2–3 minutes of downtime. In a workshop that drills various materials every day, the time savings and operating comfort are significant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the automatic feed of 0.1\/0.2\/0.3 mm\/rev for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomatic feed pushes the spindle down at a fixed rate per spindle revolution, regardless of the force applied by the operator. For serial drilling, it ensures consistent quality (same penetration rate for each hole), reduces fatigue for deep drilling, and is optimal for hard materials where uncontrolled feed can cause drill bit breakage. The three steps (0.1\/0.2\/0.3 mm\/rev) cover everything from fine finishing to rapid roughing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the ±50° tiltable table also used for angled milling?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SB 40 Profi is a pillar drill — it is not designed for milling with end mills. The ±50° tiltable table is used for angled drilling (holes not perpendicular to the surface), typical in metalworking and equipment construction. For actual milling, the Bernardo BFM\/WFM range of milling machines is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat drill bits can be mounted on the MT 4?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 4 taper is the standard for large diameter drill bits, taper reductions (MT 4 → MT 3, MT 2) and special tools such as drill bushes, reamers, and hole saws. With the MT 4 → B16 reduction, the keyless chuck for drill bits up to Ø 16 mm can be mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine footprint is 500 × 930 × 1,870 mm. At 380 kg, it requires an adequate floor for delivery. The base of 360 × 370 mm is compact: the drill can be easily installed even in workshops with limited space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693168857416,"sku":"01-1175XL","price":5429.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_a_colonna_Bernardo_SB_40_Profi_con_avanzamento_automatico.png?v=1758120334"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-3550-e","title":"Magnetic Core Drill Bernardo MD 3550 E – Ø 35 mm × 50 mm, fixed speed, 1600 W motor, 11 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3550 E fixed-speed magnetic core drill offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 35 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 13 mm, drill head travel of 170 mm, no-load speed of 810 rpm, a universal 19 mm Weldon shank for standard core drills, an electromagnet with an adhesion force of 16,000 N, and a 1600 W motor at 230V single-phase. It weighs 11 kg and has machine dimensions of 170 × 280 × 400 mm. It is suitable for metal fabrication, machine construction, the automotive industry, on-site work, and workshops. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 35 mm × depth 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 810 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1600 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 3550 E and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3550 E is a portable magnetic core drill sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and construction sites. Fixed speed 810 rpm: simple and reliable configuration for standard use on typical materials and diameters. For workshops that primarily work structural steel with standard core drills, the fixed speed is correctly sized, avoiding electronic complexity and the costs of an inverter. The electromagnet with 16,000 N adhesion force ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. Its 11 kg weight and compact dimensions (170 × 280 × 400 mm) make it transportable to construction sites in a case or plastic container, without the need for pallet jacks or cranes. In Krollit customers' workshops, the MD 3550 E is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance personnel, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drill range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and by drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eE Family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard operations on known materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVD Family (Digital Variable Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for adaptation to the material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eM Family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MD 3550 E is sized for workshops with standard daily use. For workshops that alternate different materials (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum), the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility: for the MD 3550 E, the VD equivalent is the MD 3550 VD. The advantage of the E version lies in its simpler construction (fewer electronic components) and lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Weighing 11 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and can be easily handled by one person, even on-site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, chucks, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 3550 E is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine for occasional use on steel structures. Works on 230V single-phase domestic power, 11 kg weight manageable by one person.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabricator with daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 35 mm capacity and fixed speed 810 rpm sized for standard structural steels. Reliability of a simple configuration without complex electronic components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn-site installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg weight and compact dimensions (170 × 280 × 400 mm) make it portable. 16,000 N magnetic force for secure fastening on vertical structures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e core drilling beyond Ø 35 mm (consider models MD 5050, MD 5075, MD 6050 VD or MD 9875 VD); deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); workshops with a variety of materials requiring different speeds (the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet will not adhere; continuous industrial use at high rates (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance Weldon - base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 × 280 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 3550 E magnetic core drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic transport case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 3550 E electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, fastening is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed column drills or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 16,000 N magnetic force is sized for fastening in any position, but safety always requires additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in case of prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the MD 3550 E have automatic lubrication?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot integrated. For prolonged core drilling on hard steels, it is recommended to manually apply a metalworking lubricant to the tool before starting the hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual lubricant application is less convenient than the automatic lubrication of higher-end versions, but for intermittent artisanal use, it is manageable. The difference is noticeable in series production: with automatic lubrication, cutters last 3-4 times longer. For workshops with regular consumption of core drills, consider a model with internal lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon shank is the international standard for core drills: most commercial cutters (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. All cutters have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick fastening via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with cutters of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon shank is the most widespread choice with the largest market offering. Original Bernardo cutters are in 19 mm Weldon shank and available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 W motor typically consumes 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of operation. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during the actual cutting of the hole; it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: the nominal power is only engaged during the actual working minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693362024776,"sku":"01-1379","price":595.38,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_3550_E_compatta_e_leggera.jpg?v=1758119769"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-3550-vd","title":"Bernardo MD 3550 VD Magnetic Drilling Machine – Ø 35 mm × 50 mm, Variable Drive, 1550 W motor, 11 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3550 VD variable speed (Variable Drive) magnetic core drill offers core drilling capacity up to Ø 35 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 13 mm, drill head stroke of 155 mm, continuous speed adjustment from 100 – 830 rpm to adapt to core drilling, reaming, boring, universal Weldon 19 mm shank for standard core drills, automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with adhesion force of 14,800 N, 1550 W motor at 230V single-phase. Weight 11 kg, machine dimensions 150 × 280 × 430 mm. Suitable for metal fabrication, machine construction, automotive industry, construction sites and workshops. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 35 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 155 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 – 830 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14,800 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1550 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 3550 VD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3550 VD is a portable magnetic core drill sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabrication shops, and construction sites. Continuously variable speed 100 – 830 rpm: the 'VD' in the name indicates 'Variable Drive', the electronic system that allows selecting the optimal speed for each tool-material combination. For hard steels, low speeds (100-200 rpm), for standard steels 300-500 rpm, for soft materials higher speeds. A useful feature in workshops with a variety of operations and materials. The electromagnet with 14,800 N adhesion force ensures secure fastening to steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain supplied as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system delivers coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 11 kg weight and compact dimensions (150 × 280 × 430 mm) make it transportable to construction sites in a case or plastic container, without the need for a pallet jack or crane. In Krollit customer labs, the MD 3550 VD is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintainers, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drill range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard operations on known materials.\n\nVD family (Digital Variable Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for adaptation to material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nVD version of the MD 3550 E: same geometric capacities (Ø 35 mm × 50 mm depth) but with electronic variable speed. Practical difference: the 3550 E has a fixed 810 rpm (standard steels); the 3550 VD allows 100-830 rpm to optimize for different materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weighing 11 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and easily handled by one person, even on a construction site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, mandrels, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the MD 3550 VD for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor advanced use on variable materials. The VD costs more than the E version but handles more types of processing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with a variety of materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed 100 – 830 rpm allows finding the optimal value for each material (soft steels, hardened steels, aluminum, special alloys).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance \/ installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for contexts where the processing material changes frequently. Fine speed adjustment significantly extends the life of core drills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e core drilling beyond Ø 35 mm (upgrade to MD 5050, MD 5075, MD 6050 VD or MD 9875 VD models); deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); tapping operations (the TPC 1000 multifunction is the correctly sized choice); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet does not adhere; continuous industrial use at high frequency (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 830 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance Weldon - base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,800 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1550 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 280 × 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 3550 VD magnetic core drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic carrying case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 – 13 mm keyless drill chuck with 1\/2'' – 20 UNF \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBubble level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 3550 VD electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, fixing is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed column drills or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are required. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable clamping system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 14,800 N magnetic force is dimensioned for clamping in any position, but safety always requires an additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds necessary to prevent falls, but in the event of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS include mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is delivered directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) via gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumables) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant fluid is not included and is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the Weldon 19 mm shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Weldon 19 mm is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. The drills all have a Weldon 19 mm pin for quick fastening via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills from other brands or other standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the Weldon 19 mm is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo drills have a Weldon 19 mm shank and are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume in intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1550 W motor typically absorbs 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: nominal power is only engaged during actual processing minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693367791944,"sku":"D-01-1380","price":661.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_3550_VD_compatta_e_leggera.png?v=1758119385"},{"product_id":"bernardo-md-3850-carotatrice-magnetica","title":"Bernardo Magnetic Core Drilling Machine MD 3850 – Ø 38 mm × 50 mm, fixed speed, 1650 W motor, 9.5 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3850 fixed-speed magnetic drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 38 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, a drill head stroke of 55 mm, a no-load speed of 800 rpm, a universal 19 mm Weldon shank for standard core drills, an electromagnet with an adhesion force of 14,500 N, and a 1650 W, 230V single-phase motor. It weighs 9.5 kg and has machine dimensions of 150 × 300 × 260 mm. Suitable for metalworking, machine construction, the automotive sector, construction sites, and workshops. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 38 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14,500 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1650 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 9.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 3850 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 3850 is a portable magnetic drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops, metalworking shops, and construction sites. Fixed speed 800 rpm: simple and reliable configuration for standard use on typical materials and diameters. For workshops primarily working with structural steel using standard core drills, the fixed speed is correctly dimensioned, avoiding the electronic complexity and cost of an inverter. The electromagnet with an adhesion force of 14,500 N ensures secure attachment to steel structures, even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. Its 9.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (150 × 300 × 260 mm) make it transportable to the job site in a carrying case or plastic container, without the need for a pallet jack or crane. Among Krollit's customers, the MD 3850 is chosen by metalworking shops, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance personnel, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic drilling machine range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE Family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with standard repetitive operations on known materials.\n\nVD Family (Variable Digital Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for adaptation to material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM Family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nThe MD 3850 is sized for workshops with standard daily use. For workshops that alternate different materials (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum), the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility: for the MD 3850, the VD equivalent is the higher VD range. The advantage of the E version lies in its simple construction (fewer electronic components) and lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of 9.5 kg, it is shipped in a plastic case\/container and can be easily handled by one person, even on a construction site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, chucks, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 3850 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine for occasional use on steel structures. Operates on 230V domestic single-phase, 9.5 kg weight manageable by one person.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetalworking shop with daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 38 mm capacity and fixed speed of 800 rpm dimensioned for standard structural steels. Reliability of a simple configuration without complex electronic components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn-site installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (150 × 300 × 260 mm) make it transportable. 14,500 N magnetic force for secure attachment to vertical structures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e core drilling beyond Ø 38 mm (upgrade to MD 5050, MD 5075, MD 6050 VD, or MD 9875 VD models); deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); workshops with a variety of materials requiring different speeds (the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet will not adhere; continuous industrial high-cadence use (magnetic drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,500 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e156 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1650 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 300 × 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 9.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 3850 magnetic drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic transport container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpirit level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 3850's electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that attaches the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, attachment is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are required. For most standard metal structures (metalworking, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable clamping system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 14,500 N magnetic force is sized for attachment in any position, but safety always requires an additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in the event of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the MD 3850 have automatic lubrication?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot integrated. For prolonged core drilling on hard steels, it is recommended to manually apply metalworking lubricant to the tool before starting the hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual lubricant application is less convenient than the automatic lubrication of higher versions, but for intermittent artisanal use, it is manageable. The difference is noticeable in series production: with automatic lubrication, drills last 3-4 times longer. For workshops with regular consumption of core drills, consider a model with internal lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. All drills have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick attachment via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon is the most widespread choice with the largest market offering. Original Bernardo drills are in 19 mm Weldon shank and available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume in intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1650 W motor typically draws 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only operates during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: nominal power is only used during actual working minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693438964040,"sku":"01-1369","price":728.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MD_3850_Carotatrice_magnetica_compatta_e_maneggevole.png?v=1757432865"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-4055","title":"Magnetic Drilling Machine Bernardo MD 4055 – Ø 40 mm × 50 mm, fixed speed, 1150 W motor, 12.7 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 4055 fixed-speed magnetic drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 40 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 13 mm, drill head stroke of 135 mm, no-load speed of 480 rpm, a universal 19 mm Weldon shank for standard core drills, automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with an adhesive force of 10,500 N, and an 1150 W 230V single-phase motor. Weight 12.7 kg, machine dimensions 240 × 255 × 500 mm. Suitable for metalworking, machine construction, automotive sector, construction sites, and workshops. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 40 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 135 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 480 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesive force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,500 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1150 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12.7 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 4055 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 4055 is a portable magnetic drilling machine designed for mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and construction sites. Fixed speed 480 rpm: simple and reliable configuration for standard use on typical materials and diameters. For workshops that primarily work with structural steel using standard core drills, the fixed speed is correctly sized, avoiding the electronic complexity and cost of an inverter. The electromagnet with 10,500 N adhesive force ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system delivers coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 12.7 kg weight and compact dimensions (240 × 255 × 500 mm) make it portable to construction sites in a case or plastic container, without the need for pallet jacks or cranes. Among Krollit's customers, the MD 4055 is chosen by metal fabrication workshops, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of magnetic drilling machines is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE Family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard work on known materials.\n\nVD Family (Variable Digital Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for material adaptation, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM Family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nThe MD 4055 is sized for workshops with standard daily use. For workshops that alternate different materials (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum), the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility: for the MD 4055, the equivalent VD is the superior VD range. The advantage of the E version lies in its simple construction (fewer electronic components) and lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weighing 12.7 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and can be easily handled by one person, even on site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, mandrels, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 4055 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine for occasional use on steel structures. Works on 230V single-phase domestic power, 12.7 kg weight manageable by one person.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabricator with daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 40 mm capacity and fixed speed 480 rpm sized for standard structural steels. Reliability of a simple configuration without complex electronic components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSite installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.7 kg weight and compact dimensions (240 × 255 × 500 mm) make it transportable. 10,500 N magnet force for secure fastening on vertical structures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e core drilling beyond Ø 40 mm (upgrade to MD 5050, MD 5075, MD 6050 VD or MD 9875 VD models); deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); workshops with a variety of materials requiring different speeds (the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet does not adhere; continuous industrial use at high frequency (magnetic drills are designed for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance Weldon - base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesive force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,500 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159 × 79 × 48 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 × 255 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 12.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 4055 magnetic drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic transport case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 4055's electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that attaches the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, attachment is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical fastening systems are required. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the drilling machine in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. with the included safety belt\/chain. The 10,500 N magnetic force is sized for fastening in any position, but safety always requires the additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet retains the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in the event of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesive force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is delivered directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) by gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumables) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant is not included and is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon shank is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. All drills have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick fastening via a lateral set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon shank is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo drills come with a 19 mm Weldon shank and are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1150 W motor typically consumes 1.1-1.3 kWh per effective hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The drilling machine is an electrically efficient machine: nominal power is only engaged during actual processing minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693442797896,"sku":"01-1370","price":581.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_4055_compatta_e_trasportabile.jpg?v=1758117736"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-5050-e","title":"Bernardo MD 5050 E Magnetic Core Drilling Machine – Ø 50 mm × 50 mm, fixed speed, 1650 W motor, 11.5 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5050 E fixed-speed magnetic core drill offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 50 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 13 mm, drill head travel of 170 mm, no-load speed of 790 rpm, 19 mm universal Weldon shank for standard core drills, electromagnet with 16,200 N adhesion force, 1650 W motor at 230V single-phase. Weight 11.5 kg, machine dimensions 170 × 280 × 400 mm. Suitable for metalworking, machine construction, automotive sector, on-site and workshop work. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 790 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,200 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1650 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 5050 E and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5050 E is a portable magnetic core drill sized for mechanical workshops, metalworking shops, and construction sites. Fixed speed 790 rpm: simple and reliable configuration for standard use on typical materials and diameters. For workshops that mainly work with structural steel using standard core drills, the fixed speed is correctly sized, avoiding electronic complexity and the costs of an inverter. The electromagnet with 16,200 N adhesion force ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. The 11.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (170 × 280 × 400 mm) make it transportable to construction sites in a case or plastic container, without the need for pallet trucks or cranes. In Krollit customer laboratories, the MD 5050 E is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range of magnetic core drills is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard operations on known materials.\n\nVD family (Digital Variable Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for adaptation to the material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nThe MD 5050 E is sized for workshops with standard daily use. For workshops that alternate different materials (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum), the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility: for the MD 5050 E, the equivalent VD is the MD 5050 VD. The advantage of the E version lies in its simpler construction (fewer electronic components) and lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 11.5 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and easily handled by one person, even on-site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, chucks, adapters, and original Bernardo spare accessories are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the MD 5050 E for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional machine for occasional use on steel structures. Operates on 230V single-phase domestic power, 11.5 kg weight manageable by one person.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetalworking workshop with daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm capacity and fixed speed 790 rpm sized for standard structural steels. Reliability of a simple configuration without complex electronic components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn-site installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (170 × 280 × 400 mm) make it transportable. 16,200 N magnetic force for secure fastening on vertical structures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); workshops with a variety of materials requiring different speeds (the corresponding VD version offers greater flexibility); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet will not adhere; continuous high-frequency industrial use (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance Weldon - base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,200 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1650 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 × 280 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 5050 E magnetic core drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic case for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 5050 E electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that attaches the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, attachment is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical fastening systems are required. For most standard metal structures (framework, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 16,200 N magnetic force is sized for fastening in any position, but safety always requires the additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even in a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in case of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS include mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the MD 5050 E have automatic lubrication?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot integrated. For prolonged core drilling on hard steels, it is recommended to manually apply a metalworking lubricant to the tool before starting the hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual application of lubricant is less convenient than the automatic lubrication of higher versions, but for intermittent artisanal use, it is manageable. The difference is noticeable in series production: with automatic lubrication, cutters last 3-4 times longer. For workshops with regular consumption of core drills, consider a model with internal lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon shank is the international standard for core drills: most commercial cutters (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. All cutters have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick fastening via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with cutters of other brands or other standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon shank is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo cutters are available with a 19 mm Weldon shank from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1650 W motor typically draws 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during hole cutting: between holes, it is off. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: the nominal power is only engaged during actual processing minutes. For continuous intensive use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693447319880,"sku":"01-1382","price":647.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_5050_E_compatta_e_robusta.jpg?v=1758116502"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-5050-vd","title":"Bernardo MD 5050 VD Magnetic Drilling Machine – Ø 50 mm × 50 mm, Variable Speed (Variable Drive), 1700 W motor, 11.2 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5050 VD variable drive magnetic core drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 50 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 13 mm, drill head travel of 155 mm, continuous speed adjustment from 100 – 810 rpm to adapt to core drilling, reaming, boring, universal 19 mm Weldon shank for standard core drills, automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with an adhesion force of 15,600 N, 1700 W 230V single-phase motor. Weight 11.2 kg, machine dimensions 150 × 280 × 430 mm. Suitable for metalworking, machine construction, automotive sector, construction site and workshop jobs. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 155 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 – 810 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15,600 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1700 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 5050 VD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5050 VD is a portable magnetic core drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and construction sites. Continuously variable speed 100 – 810 rpm: the 'VD' in the name indicates 'Variable Drive', the electronic system that allows selecting the optimal speed for each tool-material combination. Low speeds (100-200 rpm) for hard steels, 300-500 rpm for standard steels, higher speeds for soft materials. A useful feature in workshops with a variety of machining operations and materials. The electromagnet with an adhesion force of 15,600 N ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain supplied as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system brings the coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 11.2 kg weight and compact dimensions (150 × 280 × 430 mm) make it transportable to the construction site in a case or plastic container, without the need for a pallet truck or crane. In Krollit customer workshops, the MD 5050 VD is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drilling machine range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with standard repetitive operations on known materials.\n\nVD family (Digital Variable Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed to adapt to the material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nVD version of the MD 5050 E: same geometric capacities (Ø 50 mm × 50 mm depth) but with electronic variable speed 100-810 rpm. Difference with 5050 E: the 5050 VD adapts to different materials (hardened steels, special alloys) by setting the appropriate speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Weighing 11.2 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and can be easily handled by one person, even on a construction site. 19 mm Weldon core drills, arbors, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer assistance in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 5050 VD is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor advanced use on variable materials. The VD costs more than the E version but handles more types of processing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with a variety of materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed 100 – 810 rpm allows finding the optimal value for each material (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum, special alloys).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance \/ installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for contexts where the processing material changes frequently. Fine speed adjustment significantly extends the life of core drills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); tapping operations (the TPC 1000 multifunction is the correctly sized choice); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet does not adhere; continuous industrial high-rate use (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 810 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon - base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15,600 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1700 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 280 × 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 5050 VD magnetic core drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic carrying case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 – 13 mm keyless chuck with 1\/2'' – 20 UNF \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eOn what materials does the MD 5050 VD electromagnet work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, fastening is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical fastening systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (metalworking, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drilling machine in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 15,600 N magnetic force is sized for fastening in any position, but safety always requires the additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in case of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is carried directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) by gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumables) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant fluid is not included; it is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. The drills all have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick fastening via a lateral set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon is the most widespread choice with the largest market offering. Original Bernardo drills come with a 19 mm Weldon shank and are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1700 W motor typically absorbs 1.7-1.9 kWh per effective hour of work. In intermittent craft use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only operates during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drilling machine is an electrically efficient machine: the nominal power is only engaged during the actual working minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693452398920,"sku":"01-1383","price":725.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_5050_VD_compatta_e_portatile.png?v=1758116148"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrici-md-5075","title":"Magnetic Core Drilling Machine Bernardo MD 5075 – Ø 50 mm × 75 mm, 2-speed, extended core drilling depth 75 mm, 1550 W motor, 18 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5075 multifunction magnetic drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 50 mm with a maximum depth of 75 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 16 mm, drill head travel of 195 mm, speeds of 230 \/ 550 rpm (2 gears), MT 2 spindle taper with 19 mm Weldon adapter for versatile tools (twist drills, reamers, countersinks), automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with 12,800 N adhesion force, 1550 W, 230V single-phase motor. Weight 18 kg, machine dimensions 270 × 300 × 625 mm. Suitable for metal fabrication, machine building, automotive industry, construction site and workshop work. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 195 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 230 \/ 550 rpm (2 gears)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12,800 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1550 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 18 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 5075 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 5075 is a portable magnetic core drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabrication, and construction sites. Machine with 2-speed transmission (230 \/ 550 rpm): the low gear provides high torque for large diameter core drilling, the high gear for faster drilling. The electromagnet with 12,800 N adhesion force ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system brings coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 18 kg weight and compact dimensions (270 × 300 × 625 mm) make it transportable to construction sites in a case or plastic container, without the need for pallet jacks or cranes. In Krollit customer workshops, the MD 5075 is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and on-site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drilling machine range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard operations on known materials.\n\nVD family (Digital Variable Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for material adaptation, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nMD 5075: key feature is the 75 mm core drilling depth (vs 50 mm of other MD 5050 models). 2-speed transmission 230\/550 rpm: low gear for maximum torque on large diameters, high gear for higher production rate on drilling. MT 2 taper with Weldon adapter, sized for metal fabrication with thick structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 18 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and easily handled by one person, even on construction sites. 19 mm Weldon core drills, mandrels, adapters, and original Bernardo spare accessories available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 5075 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for standard hobby use it may be oversized. Consider simpler E models.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy fabrication \/ thick structures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm core drilling depth (vs 50 mm of other models) for thick structures. 2 gears (230\/550 rpm) to optimize torque on large diameters.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial structure installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor base plates, structural profiles, work requiring depth greater than standard 50 mm. MT 2 taper with Weldon adapter for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet does not adhere; continuous industrial high-cadence use (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 \/ 550 rpm (2 gears)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon - base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle - base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,800 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e178 × 94 × 44 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1550 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 × 300 × 625 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 5075 magnetic drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic carrying case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter with internal cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 5075's electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, attachment is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable clamping system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. with the included safety belt\/chain. The 12,800 N magnetic force is dimensioned for clamping in any position, but safety always requires the additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even in a momentary power outage for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in the event of a prolonged outage (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is carried directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) via gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumables) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant fluid is not included and is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon adapter a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this adapter. The drills all have a 19 mm Weldon shank for quick fastening via a lateral grub screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon is the most widespread choice with the largest market offering. Original Bernardo drills come with a 19 mm Weldon adapter and are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1550 W motor typically draws 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisan use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only operates during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: the nominal power is only engaged during the actual working minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693462524232,"sku":"01-1372","price":779.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Carotatrice_magnetica_MD_5075_compatta_e_potente.jpg?v=1758039321"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-md-6050-vd","title":"Bernardo MD 6050 VD Magnetic Drilling Machine – Ø 60 mm × 50 mm, Variable Drive, 1890 W motor, 17 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 6050 VD variable speed (Variable Drive) magnetic core drill offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 60 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 23 mm, drill head travel of 180 mm, continuous speed adjustment from 100 – 440 rpm to adapt to core drilling, reaming, boring, MT 2 spindle taper with 19 mm Weldon adapter for multipurpose tools (twist drills, reamers, countersinks), automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with 16,000 N adhesion force, 1890 W motor at 230V single-phase. Weight 17 kg, machine dimensions 200 × 320 × 500 mm. Suitable for metal fabrication, machine construction, automotive industry, construction site and workshop work. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 60 mm × depth 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 23 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 – 440 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1890 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 17 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 6050 VD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 6050 VD is a portable magnetic core drill sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabrication shops, and construction sites. Continuously variable speed 100 – 440 rpm: the 'VD' in the name indicates 'Variable Drive', the electronic system that allows selecting the optimal speed for each tool-material combination. For hard steels, low speeds (100-200 rpm), for standard steels 300-500 rpm, for soft materials higher speeds. A useful feature in workshops with a variety of machining operations and materials. The electromagnet with 16,000 N adhesion force ensures secure attachment to steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain provided as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system delivers coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 17 kg weight and compact dimensions (200 × 320 × 500 mm) make it transportable to the job site in a carrying case or plastic container, without the need for pallet jacks or cranes. In Krollit customers' laboratories, the MD 6050 VD is chosen by metal fabrication shops, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drill range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with standard repetitive operations on known materials.\n\nVD family (Variable Digital Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for material adaptation, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nThe MD 6050 VD has a higher capacity (Ø 60 mm) than the 5050 family. Lower speeds (100-440 rpm vs 100-810) consistent with the larger diameter: large tools require reduced speeds. MT 2 taper (vs Weldon on the 5050 models) for bulkier tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 17 kg, it is shipped in a carrying case\/plastic container and easily handled by one person, even on-site. 19 mm Weldon core drills, spindles, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Italian customer support is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MD 6050 VD is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor advanced use on variable materials. The VD costs more than the E version but handles more types of operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with a variety of materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed 100 – 440 rpm allows finding the optimal value for each material (mild steel, hardened steel, aluminum, special alloys).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance \/ installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for contexts where the work material changes frequently. Fine speed adjustment significantly extends the life of core drills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (the MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); tapping operations (the TPC 1000 multifunction is the correctly sized choice); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet will not adhere; continuous industrial use at high rates (magnetic core drills are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 23 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 440 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon to base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e202 × 105 × 45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1890 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 320 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 6050 VD magnetic core drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic transport case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter with internal cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpirit level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the electromagnet of the MD 6050 VD work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, attachment is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed drill presses or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drill in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 16,000 N magnetic force is sized for attachment in any position, but safety always requires additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in the event of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is delivered directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) via gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumable components) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant fluid is not included and is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon shank a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon is the international standard for core drills: most commercial cutters (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this shank. The cutters all have a 19 mm Weldon pin for quick attachment via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with cutters of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo cutters are available with 19 mm Weldon shank and are in stock for 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume in intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1890 W motor typically consumes 1.9-2.1 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only operates during hole cutting: between holes, it is off. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drill is an electrically efficient machine: the nominal power is only engaged during the actual working minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693479629128,"sku":"01-1384","price":910.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_MD_6050_VD_con_attacco_MT2.png?v=1773063706"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrici-md-9875-vd","title":"Bernardo MD 9875 VD Magnetic Core Drilling Machine – Ø 98 mm × 75 mm, variable speed (Variable Drive), 2180 W motor, weight 17.5 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 9875 VD variable drive magnetic drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 98 mm with a maximum depth of 75 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 28 mm, drill head travel of 180 mm, continuous speed adjustment from 100 – 340 rpm to adapt to core drilling, reaming, boring, MT 3 spindle taper with 19 mm Weldon adapter for professional tools, automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with 17,000 N adhesive force, 2180 W 230V single-phase motor. Weight 17.5 kg, machine dimensions 250 × 320 × 500 mm. Suitable for metalworking, machine construction, automotive sector, construction site, and workshop work. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 98 mm × 75 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 28 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 – 340 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesive force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2180 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 17.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MD 9875 VD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MD 9875 VD is a portable magnetic drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabrication shops, and construction sites. Continuously variable speed 100 – 340 rpm: the 'VD' in the name stands for 'Variable Drive', the electronic system that allows selecting the optimal speed for each tool-material combination. For hard steels, low speeds (100-200 rpm), for standard steels 300-500 rpm, for soft materials, higher speeds. A useful feature in workshops with a variety of processes and materials. The electromagnet with 17,000 N adhesive force ensures secure fastening on steel structures even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system delivers coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. The 17.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (250 × 320 × 500 mm) make it portable to the construction site in a case or plastic container, without the need for a pallet jack or crane. In Krollit customer workshops, the MD 9875 VD is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintainers, and site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic drilling machine range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE Family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard processing on known materials.\n\nVD Family (Variable Digital Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for material adaptation, suitable for workshops with a variety of processes.\n\nM Family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nTop of the Bernardo drilling machine range: Ø 98 mm × 75 mm depth capacity, MT 3 taper (larger than MT 2), 2,180 W motor (the most powerful in the range). Reduced speeds 100-340 rpm for maximum torque on large diameters. For workshops with large capacity core drilling needs on heavy structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 17.5 kg, it is shipped in a case\/plastic container and can be easily handled by one person, even on-site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, chucks, adapters, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the MD 9875 VD for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor advanced use on variable materials. The VD costs more than the E version but handles more types of processing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with a variety of materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed 100 – 340 rpm allows finding the optimal value for each material (mild steels, hardened steels, aluminum, special alloys).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance \/ installer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for contexts where the processing material changes frequently. Fine speed adjustment significantly extends the life of core drills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tapping operations (the TPC 1000 multifunction is the correctly sized choice); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet does not adhere; continuous industrial use at high cadence (magnetic drilling machines are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 98 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 28 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 340 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon - base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle - base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e202 × 105 × 45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2180 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 × 320 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 17.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MD 9875 VD magnetic drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic transport container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 3 \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter with internal cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpirit level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the MD 9875 VD electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fastens the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, fastening is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed column drills or dedicated mechanical fastening systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable fastening system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the drilling machine in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 17,000 N magnetic force is sized for fastening in any position, but safety always requires an additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during momentary power interruptions for the seconds needed to prevent drops, but in case of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electric magnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) starts from an integrated tank and is delivered directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) via gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumable components) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant fluid is not included, it is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the Weldon 19 mm adapter a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Weldon 19 mm is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this adapter. All drills have a 19 mm Weldon shank for quick fastening via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, Weldon 19 mm is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo drills come with a 19 mm Weldon adapter and are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2180 W motor typically consumes 2.2-2.4 kWh per effective hour of work. In intermittent craft use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The drilling machine is an electrically efficient machine: nominal power is only engaged during actual processing minutes. For intensive continuous use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693486674248,"sku":"01-1385","price":1256.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Carotatrice_magnetica_MD_9875_VD_compatta_e_potente.jpg?v=1758038385"},{"product_id":"bernardo-carotatrice-magnetica-tpc-1000","title":"Bernardo TPC 1000 Magnetic Core Drilling Machine – Ø 36 mm × 50 mm, multifunctional with M18 tapping, 1550 W motor, 12.5 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TPC 1000 multifunctional magnetic core drilling machine offers core drilling capacities up to Ø 36 mm with a maximum depth of 50 mm, twist drill capacity up to Ø 18 mm, tapping capacity up to M18, drill head travel of 170 mm, speeds of 100 – 270 \/ 100 – 520 rpm, MT 2 spindle taper with a 19 mm Weldon adapter for versatile tools (twist drills, reamers, countersinks, tapping chucks), automatic internal lubrication with integrated tank, electromagnet with an adhesion force of 14,200 N, and a 1550 W single-phase 230V motor. It weighs 12.5 kg and has machine dimensions of 170 × 280 × 430 mm. It is suitable for metal fabrication, machine construction, the automotive sector, construction site work, and workshops. Manufactured in Austria, it has been distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCore drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 36 mm × 50 mm depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. twist drill:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 18 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTapping:\u003c\/strong\u003e M18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 – 270 \/ 100 – 520 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnet adhesion force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14,200 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1550 W – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the TPC 1000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TPC 1000 is a portable magnetic core drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and construction sites. It is a multifunctional machine: in addition to core drilling, it performs tapping up to M18, drilling with twist drills up to Ø 18 mm, reaming, and countersinking. The MT 2 taper with a Weldon adapter allows the use of different tools without changing the machine. The electromagnet with 14,200 N adhesion force ensures secure fastening to steel structures, even in vertical or overhead positions, with a safety belt\/chain included as standard. The automatic internal lubrication system delivers coolant directly to the tool through the spindle, significantly extending the life of core drills (expensive consumables) and improving hole quality. Its 12.5 kg weight and compact dimensions (170 × 280 × 430 mm) make it transportable to the job site in a carrying case or plastic container, without the need for pallet jacks or cranes. In Krollit's customers' workshops, the TPC 1000 is chosen by metal fabricators, automotive workshops, steel structure manufacturers, industrial maintenance technicians, and site installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo magnetic core drilling machine range is organized by core drilling capacity (max diameter and depth) and drive type. The range includes 10 models divided into 3 families:\n\nE Family (fixed speed): MD 3550 E (Ø 35 mm), MD 3850 (Ø 38 mm), MD 4055 (Ø 40 mm), MD 5050 E (Ø 50 mm). Suitable for workshops with repetitive standard operations on known materials.\n\nVD Family (Variable Digital Speed): MD 3550 VD (Ø 35 mm), MD 5050 VD (Ø 50 mm), MD 6050 VD (Ø 60 mm), MD 9875 VD (Ø 98 mm). Continuously adjustable speed for adaptation to material, suitable for workshops with a variety of operations.\n\nM Family (multi-gear\/multifunction): MD 5075 with 2 gears (Ø 50 mm × 75 mm depth), TPC 1000 multifunction with tapping up to M18.\n\nThe TPC 1000 is a multifunction machine that performs core drilling, drilling, reaming, countersinking, and tapping up to M18. The 2 speed ranges (100-270\/100-520 rpm) cover different operations. Distinctive features: soft start motor (progressive start-up), electronic overload protection. The TPC 1000 replaces 2 separate machines (core drilling machine + tapping machine) for workshops with limited space or a tight budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weighing 12.5 kg, it is shipped in a carrying case\/plastic container and easily handled by one person, even on a construction site. Weldon 19 mm core drills, arbors, adapters, and original Bernardo spare accessories are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the TPC 1000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: may be oversized for standard hobby use. Consider simpler E models.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultifunction mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe machine replaces a core drilling machine + tapping machine in a single unit. Soft start, overload protection, tapping capacity up to M18 for professional production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFabricator with mixed needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops that regularly perform both core drilling and tapping\/drilling, the TPC 1000 avoids purchasing two separate machines. Space and investment savings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e core drilling beyond Ø 36 mm (upgrade to MD 5050, MD 5075, MD 6050 VD, or MD 9875 VD models); deep core drilling beyond 50 mm (MD 5075 with 75 mm depth or MD 9875 VD with 75 mm depth are correctly sized); non-magnetic structures (aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel): the electromagnet will not adhere; continuous high-cadence industrial use (magnetic core drilling machines are sized for intermittent use).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWork capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 36 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax core drilling depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax twist drill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTapping capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and tool holder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 – 270 \/ 100 – 520 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeldon to base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMagnetic base\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic adhesion force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,200 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic base dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 × 80 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1550 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 × 280 × 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 12.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo TPC 1000 magnetic core drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic carrying case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 \/ Weldon 19 mm adapter with internal cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety belt\/chain for vertical and overhead use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does the TPC 1000's electromagnet work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly on magnetic ferrous materials: structural steel, iron, carbon steels. It does not work on aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or non-ferrous materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet creates the magnetic field that fixes the machine to the structure: without ferrous material, fastening is impossible. For working on aluminum or non-magnetic stainless steel, fixed column drills or dedicated mechanical clamping systems are needed. For most standard metal structures (fabrication, frames, profiles), the electromagnet is the fastest and most reliable clamping system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the core drilling machine in a vertical or overhead position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the included safety belt\/chain. The 14,200 N magnetic force is sized for clamping in any position, but safety always requires an additional mechanical restraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electromagnet holds the machine even during a momentary power interruption for the seconds needed to prevent falls, but in case of a prolonged interruption (torn cable, blackout), the safety belt\/chain is the only reliable system. Standard safety procedures ALWAYS require mechanical restraint in addition to the electromagnet, regardless of the nominal adhesion force.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic internal lubrication system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coolant (oil-water emulsion or dedicated metalworking oil) comes from an integrated tank and is delivered directly to the center of the tool through an internal channel. It works in any position (even overhead) via gravity or pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInternal lubrication significantly extends the life of core drills (expensive consumables) by reducing friction and dissipating heat. Without lubrication, drills last 30-50 holes; with internal lubrication, 100-200 holes. The coolant is not included and is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 19 mm Weldon holder a universal standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 19 mm Weldon is the international standard for core drills: most commercial drills (Karnasch, Magbohrer, Rotabroach, BDS, etc.) use this holder. The drills all have a 19 mm Weldon shank for quick fastening via a side set screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with drills of other brands or standards, adapters can be used. For future investments, the 19 mm Weldon is the most common choice with the widest market offering. Original Bernardo drills come with a 19 mm Weldon holder and are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much power does the motor consume during intermittent use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1550 W motor typically draws 1.6-1.8 kWh per actual hour of work. In intermittent artisanal use (1-2 minutes per hole, pauses between holes), the average consumption is 0.3-0.5 kWh\/hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor only runs during hole cutting: it is off between holes. For workshops with significant electricity costs, consumption is negligible. The core drilling machine is an electrically efficient machine: nominal power is only engaged during actual working minutes. For continuous intensive use, a standard industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693496602952,"sku":"D-01-1381","price":910.16,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Carotatrice_magnetica_Bernardo_TPC_1000_con_funzione_maschiatura.png?v=1758121961"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smussatrice-kfm-175","title":"Bernardo Edge Chamfering Machine KFM 175 – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 175 electric chamfering machine chamfers at 45° with a maximum chamfer width of 5 mm, a 175 mm guide, and a speed of 10000 rpm. 1400 W motor, approx. 5.2 kg weight. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfering angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. chamfer width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 175 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1400 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 320 × 190 × 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 5.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KFM 175 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 175 chamfering machine is an electric tool for deburring and chamfering metal edges: it removes cutting, punching, and drilling burrs, creating a precise 45° chamfer that eliminates dangerous sharp edges and prepares surfaces for welding or treatment. At 5.2 kg, it is portable and can be used on a workbench or handheld. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by metalworkers, blacksmiths, and workshop operators for systematic deburring after cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo KFM 175 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortable and easy to use. For occasional deburring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ metal fabrication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm chamfer at 45° with a 175 mm guide: for systematic professional deburring after cutting and punching.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high volumes, consider stationary CNC chamfering machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e chamfers over 5 mm; angles other than 45° (consider KFM 200 M with variable angle 15°–45°); non-metallic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfering angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. chamfer width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 × 190 × 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Bernardo KFM 100K, KFM 140, KFM 175, KFM 200M and KFM 500M chamfering machines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKFM 100K: 45° fixed, 4 mm chamfer, 100 mm guide, 720W, 3.5 kg. KFM 140: 45° fixed, 3 mm chamfer, 140 mm guide, 720W, 3.8 kg. KFM 175: 45° fixed, 5 mm chamfer, 175 mm guide, 1400W, 5.2 kg. KFM 200M: 15°–45° variable, 10 mm chamfer, 200 mm guide, 550W (230V or 400V), 11 kg. KFM 500M: 15°–45° variable, 5 mm chamfer, 500 mm guide, 550W (400V), 33 kg. The choice depends on the chamfer width, guide length, and required angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the TCT inserts interchangeable between models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each model uses specific geometry inserts. Original Bernardo replacement inserts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Please specify the exact model when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo chamfering machines work on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. For stainless steel, reduce the feed rate. For aluminum, use a specific lubricant to prevent aluminum buildup on the inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I adjust the chamfer width?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustment is done via a micrometric ring with 0.1 mm graduation — rotate it to the desired width and lock it. The 0.1 mm precision ensures repeatability on identical production runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the chamfering machine also work on curved angles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 175 mm guide is designed for chamfers on straight edges. For small internal radii (curves, holes), check the minimum workable radius with Krollit for this specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694244368712,"sku":"05-1648","price":567.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smussatrice_per_bordi_Bernardo_KFM_175_portatile_e_compatta.jpg?v=1758114306"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pkfm-100-smussatrice-pneumatica","title":"Bernardo PKFM 100 Pneumatic Chamfering Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PKFM 100 pneumatic chamfering machine chamfers at 45° with a maximum chamfer width of 3 mm, 100 mm guide, 13000 rpm speed, and 6–8 bar air pressure. Weight approx. 1.4 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. chamfer width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTCT inserts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pcs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRequired air pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6–8 bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 × 100 × 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 1.4 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PKFM 100 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PKFM 100 chamfering machine is a pneumatic tool for deburring and chamfering metal edges: it removes burrs from cutting, punching, and drilling, creating a precise 45° chamfer that eliminates dangerous sharp edges and prepares surfaces for welding or treatment. At 1.4 kg and with pneumatic power, it is extremely lightweight — it is used by holding it in hand like a small workshop tool. It requires connection to a compressor with 6–8 bar pressure. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by metal fabricators, blacksmiths, and workshop operators for systematic deburring after cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo PKFM 100 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires compressor with 6–8 bar. For occasional deburring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ metal fabrication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm chamfer at 45° with 100 mm guide: for professional systematic deburring after cutting and punching.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high volumes, consider stationary CNC chamfering machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e chamfers over 3 mm; angles other than 45° (consider KFM 200 M with variable angle 15°–45°); non-metallic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. chamfer width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of TCT inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir pressure (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–8 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 × 100 × 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Bernardo chamfering machines KFM 100K, KFM 140, KFM 175, KFM 200M and KFM 500M?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKFM 100K: fixed 45°, 4 mm chamfer, 100 mm guide, 720W, 3.5 kg. KFM 140: fixed 45°, 3 mm chamfer, 140 mm guide, 720W, 3.8 kg. KFM 175: fixed 45°, 5 mm chamfer, 175 mm guide, 1400W, 5.2 kg. KFM 200M: variable 15°–45°, 10 mm chamfer, 200 mm guide, 550W (230V or 400V), 11 kg. KFM 500M: variable 15°–45°, 5 mm chamfer, 500 mm guide, 550W (400V), 33 kg. The choice depends on the chamfer width, guide length, and required angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre TCT inserts interchangeable between models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each model uses inserts of specific geometry. Original Bernardo replacement inserts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Specify the exact model when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo chamfering machines work on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. For stainless steel, reduce the feed rate. For aluminum, use a specific lubricant to prevent aluminum buildup on the inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the chamfer width adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustment is done via a micrometer ring with 0.1 mm graduation — rotate until the desired width is reached and lock. The 0.1 mm precision ensures repeatability on identical series of parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich compressor should it be used with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compressor with a minimum flow rate of 100–150 l\/min at 6–8 bar is sufficient for intermittent use. For continuous use, prefer a compressor with at least a 50-liter tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694249775432,"sku":"05-1643","price":378.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_PKFM_100_Smussatrice_pneumatica_compatta_e_leggera.png?v=1757430365"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smussatrice-pkfm-150","title":"Bernardo PKFM 150 Pneumatic Chamfering Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PKFM 150 pneumatic chamfering machine chamfers at 45° with a maximum chamfer width of 3 mm, 150 mm guide, 13000 rpm speed, and 6–8 bar air pressure. Weight approx. 2.2 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. chamfer width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRequired air pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6–8 bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 195 × 100 × 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 2.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the PKFM 150 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo PKFM 150 chamfering machine is a pneumatic tool for deburring and chamfering metal edges: it removes burrs from cutting, punching, and drilling, creating a precise 45° chamfer that eliminates dangerous sharp edges and prepares surfaces for welding or treatment. At 2.2 kg and pneumatic power, it is extremely lightweight—it is used handheld like a small workshop tool. It requires connection to a compressor with 6–8 bar pressure. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is used by metal fabricators, blacksmiths, and workshop operators for systematic deburring after cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo PKFM 150 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires compressor with 6–8 bar. For occasional deburring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ fabrication shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm chamfer at 45° with 150 mm guide: for professional systematic deburring after cutting and punching.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high volumes, consider stationary CNC chamfering machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e chamfers over 3 mm; angles other than 45° (consider KFM 200 M with variable angle 15°–45°); non-metallic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. chamfer width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir pressure (min–max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–8 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 × 100 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 2.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Bernardo chamfering machines KFM 100K, KFM 140, KFM 175, KFM 200M, and KFM 500M?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKFM 100K: fixed 45°, 4 mm chamfer, 100 mm guide, 720W, 3.5 kg. KFM 140: fixed 45°, 3 mm chamfer, 140 mm guide, 720W, 3.8 kg. KFM 175: fixed 45°, 5 mm chamfer, 175 mm guide, 1400W, 5.2 kg. KFM 200M: variable 15°–45°, 10 mm chamfer, 200 mm guide, 550W (230V or 400V), 11 kg. KFM 500M: variable 15°–45°, 5 mm chamfer, 500 mm guide, 550W (400V), 33 kg. The choice depends on chamfer width, guide length, and required angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the TCT inserts interchangeable between models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each model uses inserts of specific geometry. Original Bernardo spare inserts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Specify the exact model when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo chamfering machines work steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. For stainless steel, reduce the feed rate. For aluminum, use specific lubricant to prevent aluminum buildup on the inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the chamfer width adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustment is done via a micrometric ring with a 0.1 mm graduation—rotate it to the desired width and lock it. The 0.1 mm precision ensures repeatability on identical series of parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich compressor should it be used with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compressor with a minimum flow rate of 100–150 l\/min at 6–8 bar is sufficient for intermittent use. For continuous use, prefer a compressor with at least a 50-liter tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694255411528,"sku":"05-1644","price":402.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smussatrice_pneumatica_Bernardo_PKFM_150_leggera_e_compatta.jpg?v=1758113748"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smussatrice-kfm-140","title":"Bernardo Edge Chamfering Machine KFM 140 – 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 140 electric chamfering machine chamfers at 45° with a maximum chamfer width of 3 mm, 140 mm guide, and a speed of 10000 rpm. Motor 720 W Weight approx. 3.8 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. chamfer width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 720 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 310 × 120 × 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3.8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KFM 140 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 140 chamfering machine is an electric tool for deburring and chamfering metal edges: it removes burrs from cutting, punching, and drilling, creating a precise 45° chamfer that eliminates dangerous sharp edges and prepares surfaces for welding or treatment. Weighing 3.8 kg, it is portable and can be used on a workbench or handheld. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is used by metal fabricators, blacksmiths, and workshop operators for systematic deburring after cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo KFM 140 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortable and easy to use. For occasional deburring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine shop \/ fabrication shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm chamfer at 45° with 140 mm guide: for professional systematic deburring after cutting and punching.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high volumes, consider stationary CNC chamfering machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e chamfers over 3 mm; angles other than 45° (consider KFM 200 M with variable angle 15°–45°); non-metallic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. chamfer width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 × 120 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Bernardo KFM 100K, KFM 140, KFM 175, KFM 200M and KFM 500M chamfering machines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKFM 100K: 45° fixed, 4 mm chamfer, 100 mm guide, 720W, 3.5 kg. KFM 140: 45° fixed, 3 mm chamfer, 140 mm guide, 720W, 3.8 kg. KFM 175: 45° fixed, 5 mm chamfer, 175 mm guide, 1400W, 5.2 kg. KFM 200M: 15°–45° variable, 10 mm chamfer, 200 mm guide, 550W (230V or 400V), 11 kg. KFM 500M: 15°–45° variable, 5 mm chamfer, 500 mm guide, 550W (400V), 33 kg. The choice depends on the chamfer width, guide length, and required angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre TCT inserts interchangeable between models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each model uses inserts of a specific geometry. Original Bernardo replacement inserts are available with 3–5 working days shipping. Please specify the exact model when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo chamfering machines work on steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. For stainless steel, reduce the feed rate. For aluminum, use a specific lubricant to prevent aluminum buildup on the inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the chamfer width adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustment is made via a micrometric ring with 0.1 mm graduation – rotate to the desired width and lock. The 0.1 mm precision ensures repeatability on identical series of parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the chamfering machine also work on curved angles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 140 mm guide is designed for chamfering straight edges. For small internal radii (curves, holes), check the minimum workable radius with Krollit for this specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694260785480,"sku":"05-1647","price":274.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smussatrice_portatile_Bernardo_KFM_140_per_bordi_diritti.jpg?v=1758113228"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smussatrice-kfm-500-m","title":"Bernardo Chamfering Machine KFM 500 M – 400V variable angle 15°–45°","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 500 M electric chamfering machine chamfers at 15°–45° with a maximum chamfer width of 5 mm, 500 mm guide, speed 2800 rpm. Motor 0.55 kW kW Weight approx. 33 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15°–45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. chamfer width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 × 370 × 265 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 33 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KFM 500 M and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KFM 500 M chamfering machine is an electric tool for deburring and chamfering edges on metals: it removes burrs from cutting, punching, and drilling, creating a precise 15°–45° chamfer that eliminates dangerous sharp edges and prepares surfaces for welding or treatment. At 33 kg, it is portable and can be used on a workbench or handheld. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by metalworkers, blacksmiths, and workshop operators for systematic deburring after cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo KFM 500 M for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortable and easy to use. For occasional deburring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ carpentry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm chamfer at 15°–45° with 500 mm guide: for professional systematic deburring after cutting and punching.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high volumes, consider stationary CNC chamfering machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e chamfers over 5 mm; angles other than 15°–45°; non-metallic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15°–45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. chamfer width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 370 × 265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Bernardo KFM 100K, KFM 140, KFM 175, KFM 200M and KFM 500M chamfering machines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKFM 100K: fixed 45°, 4 mm chamfer, 100 mm guide, 720W, 3.5 kg. KFM 140: fixed 45°, 3 mm chamfer, 140 mm guide, 720W, 3.8 kg. KFM 175: fixed 45°, 5 mm chamfer, 175 mm guide, 1400W, 5.2 kg. KFM 200M: variable 15°–45°, 10 mm chamfer, 200 mm guide, 550W (230V or 400V), 11 kg. KFM 500M: variable 15°–45°, 5 mm chamfer, 500 mm guide, 550W (400V), 33 kg. The choice depends on the chamfer width, guide length, and required angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre TCT inserts interchangeable between models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each model uses inserts of a specific geometry. Original Bernardo replacement inserts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Please specify the exact model when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo chamfering machines work with steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. For stainless steel, reduce the feed rate. For aluminum, use specific lubricant to prevent aluminum build-up on the inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the chamfer width adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustment is made via a micrometer ring with a 0.1 mm graduation – rotate it to the desired width and lock it. The 0.1 mm precision ensures repeatability on series of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the chamfering machine also work on curved angles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500 mm guide is designed for chamfers on straight edges. For small internal radii (curves, holes), check the minimum workable radius with Krollit for this specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694265438536,"sku":"05-1633","price":1084.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smussatrice_Bernardo_KFM_500_M_per_sbavatura_e_preparazione_saldature.jpg?v=1758105958"},{"product_id":"bernardo-levigatrice-bordi-ksm-500-s","title":"Bernardo Edge Sander KSM 500 S – 400V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KSM 500 S electric chamfering machine chamfers at 45° with a maximum chamfer width of 5 mm, a 500 mm guide, and a speed of 2800 rpm. Motor 0.55 kW. Weight approx. 37 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChamfer angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. chamfer width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 × 360 × 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 37 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KSM 500 S and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KSM 500 S chamfering machine is an electric tool for deburring and chamfering edges on metals: it removes burrs from cutting, punching, and drilling, creating a precise 45° chamfer that eliminates dangerous sharp edges and prepares surfaces for welding or treatment. At 37 kg, it is portable and can be used on a workbench or handheld. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by metal fabricators, blacksmiths, and workshop operators for systematic deburring after cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo KSM 500 S for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortable and easy to use. For occasional deburring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ metalworking shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm chamfer at 45° with 500 mm guide: for systematic professional deburring after cutting and punching.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high volumes, consider stationary CNC chamfering machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e chamfers over 5 mm; angles other than 45° (consider KFM 200 M with variable angle 15°–45°); non-metallic materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. chamfer width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfer adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 360 × 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 37 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Bernardo KFM 100K, KFM 140, KFM 175, KFM 200M, and KFM 500M chamfering machines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKFM 100K: fixed 45°, 4 mm chamfer, 100 mm guide, 720W, 3.5 kg. KFM 140: fixed 45°, 3 mm chamfer, 140 mm guide, 720W, 3.8 kg. KFM 175: fixed 45°, 5 mm chamfer, 175 mm guide, 1400W, 5.2 kg. KFM 200M: variable 15°–45°, 10 mm chamfer, 200 mm guide, 550W (230V or 400V), 11 kg. KFM 500M: variable 15°–45°, 5 mm chamfer, 500 mm guide, 550W (400V), 33 kg. The choice depends on the chamfer width, guide length, and required angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the TCT inserts interchangeable between models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each model uses specific geometry inserts. Original Bernardo spare inserts are available with 3–5 working day shipping. Please specify the exact model when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work on aluminum and stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bernardo chamfering machines work with steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and non-ferrous metals. For stainless steel, reduce the feed rate. For aluminum, use a specific lubricant to prevent aluminum buildup on the inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow is the chamfer width adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustment is made via a micrometer ring with 0.1 mm graduation—rotate to the desired width and lock. The 0.1 mm precision ensures repeatability on series of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the chamfering machine also work on curved angles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500 mm guide is designed for chamfers on straight edges. For small internal radii (curves, holes), check the minimum workable radius with Krollit for this specific model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694270714184,"sku":"05-1637","price":965.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Levigatrice_per_bordi_Bernardo_KSM_500_S_per_smussi_a_45.jpg?v=1758105370"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-bfm-180","title":"Bernardo BFM 180 Milling\/Planing Machine – 1220 mm table, ISO 40","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BFM 180 milling machine offers a 1220 × 360 mm table, ISO 40 spindle taper, spindle speed (16) 94–2,256 rpm, X-axis travel 600 mm \/ Y-axis travel 360 mm \/ Z-axis travel 500 mm, spindle-column distance 370 mm, and head tilt of −45°\/+45°. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1220 × 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (16) 94–2,256 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal travel (X):\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross travel (Y):\u003c\/strong\u003e 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical travel (Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle – column distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 370 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle head tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e −45°\/+45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BFM 180 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BFM 180 is a universal bench\/workshop milling machine for metalworking: peripheral and face milling, drilling, boring, tapping, and surface milling on steel, aluminum, and cast iron. With a 1220 × 360 mm table, ISO 40 taper, and 600 mm longitudinal travel, it covers the mid-to-high industrial range. The −45°\/+45° tilting head allows for bevel milling and angled operations without rotating the workpiece. In Krollit customer workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for precision parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo BFM 180 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional workshop milling machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1220 × 360 mm table, ISO 40, 600 mm X-axis travel: for precision milling of standard-sized parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high-volume series production, consider CNC milling centers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1220 × 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(16) 94–2,256 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−45°\/+45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X\/Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 24–720 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/A mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/A kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ISO 40 and ISO 50 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISO 40 is the standard for medium-sized professional milling machines (BFM 180, WFM 750\/800\/850, MFM 230). ISO 50 is the heavy industrial standard for large-format milling machines (BFM 200, BFM 2100 Servo): larger taper diameter, larger tools, greater rigidity in heavy milling. The BFM 180 uses ISO 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the BFM 180 have automatic feed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BFM 180 has manual feed on all three axes. For automatic motorized feeds, consider the Servo versions of the WFM range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting fluid is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor steel: water+soluble oil emulsion at 5–8%. For aluminum: neat cutting oil or kerosene. For cast iron: dry cutting (cast iron produces lubricating graphite). Always check compatibility with the specific material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFootprint N\/A mm. For workpiece handling, clear space is needed on all sides of the table equal to the longitudinal travel (600 mm) in front and behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694292242760,"sku":"02-1310XL","price":21784.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_a_pialla_Bernardo_BFM_180_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1758104852"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-bfm-200","title":"Bernardo Planing and Milling Machine BFM 200 – table 1400 mm, ISO 50","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BFM 200 milling machine offers a 1400 × 400 mm table, ISO 50 spindle taper, 20–1,800 rpm (continuous) spindle speed, 950 mm X-travel \/ 410 mm Y-travel \/ 520 mm Z-travel, 520 mm spindle-to-column distance, and a −30°\/+30° head tilt. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1400 × 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (continuous) 20–1,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal travel (X):\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross travel (Y):\u003c\/strong\u003e 410 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical travel (Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle – column distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle head tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e −30°\/+30°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BFM 200 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BFM 200 is a universal bench\/workshop milling machine for metalworking: peripheral and face milling, drilling, boring, threading, and surfacing on steel, aluminum, and cast iron. With a 1400 × 400 mm table, ISO 50 taper, and 950 mm longitudinal travel, it covers the mid-to-high industrial range. Continuous speed adjustment from 20–1,800 rpm: maximum flexibility for heavy milling and finishing on the same spindle. The −30°\/+30° tilting head allows for bevel milling and angled operations without rotating the workpiece. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for precision parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo BFM 200 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional workshop milling machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 × 400 mm table, ISO 50, 950 mm X-travel: for precision milling on standard-sized parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high-volume series production, consider CNC milling centers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(continuous) 20–1,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−30°\/+30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X\/Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(9) 18–627 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/A mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/A kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ISO 40 and ISO 50 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISO 40 is the standard for medium-sized professional milling machines (BFM 180, WFM 750\/800\/850, MFM 230). ISO 50 is the heavy industrial standard for large-format milling machines (BFM 200, BFM 2100 Servo): larger diameter taper, larger tools, greater rigidity in heavy milling. The BFM 200 uses ISO 50.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the BFM 200 have automatic feed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BFM 200 has manual feed on all three axes. For motorized automatic feeds, consider the Servo versions of the WFM range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting fluid is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor steel: 5–8% water+soluble oil emulsion. For aluminum: neat cutting oil or kerosene. For cast iron: dry cutting (cast iron produces lubricating graphite). Always check compatibility with the specific material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFootprint N\/A mm. For workpiece handling, clear space is needed on all sides of the table equal to the longitudinal travel (950 mm) in front and behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694298435912,"sku":"02-1313XL","price":35917.62,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_a_pialla_Bernardo_BFM_200_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1758104204"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-wfm-750-servo","title":"Bernardo Milling Machine WFM 750 Servo – 755 mm table, ISO 40, servo feeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo WFM 750 Servo milling machine offers a table size of 755 × 320 mm, spindle taper ISO 40, spindle speed (continuous) 40–260 \/ 260–2,000 rpm, X-axis travel 405 mm \/ Y-axis travel 315 mm \/ Z-axis travel 405 mm, spindle-column distance max 460 mm, head tilt −90°\/+90°. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 × 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (continuous) 40–260 \/ 260–2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal Travel (X):\u003c\/strong\u003e 405 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross Travel (Y):\u003c\/strong\u003e 315 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical Travel (Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 405 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle – Column Distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e max 460 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Head Tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e −90°\/+90°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the WFM 750 Servo and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo WFM 750 Servo is a universal bench\/workshop milling machine for metalworking: peripheral and face milling, drilling, boring, tapping, and surface milling on steel, aluminum, and cast iron. With a 755 × 320 mm table, ISO 40 taper, and 405 mm longitudinal travel, it covers the standard professional range. The designation 'Servo' indicates motorized servo feeds on X and Y for repeatable automatic cycles without manual intervention. The −90°\/+90° tilting head allows for bevel milling and angled operations without rotating the workpiece. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for precision parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo WFM 750 Servo for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional milling machine for mechanical workshops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional Mechanical Workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 × 320 mm table, ISO 40, 405 mm X-axis travel: for precision milling on standard-sized workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial Production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high-volume series production, consider CNC milling centers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 × 320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle Taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(continuous) 40–260 \/ 260–2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle Travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal Travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e405 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross Travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical Travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e405 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – Column Distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax 460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle Head Tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−90°\/+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/D mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/D kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and Safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ISO 40 and ISO 50 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISO 40 is the standard for medium-sized professional milling machines (BFM 180, WFM 750\/800\/850, MFM 230). ISO 50 is the heavy industrial standard for large format milling machines (BFM 200, BFM 2100 Servo): larger diameter taper, larger tools, greater rigidity in heavy milling. The WFM 750 Servo uses ISO 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the WFM 750 Servo have automatic feed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the WFM Servo series has servo feeds on all axes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting fluid is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor steel: 5–8% water+soluble oil emulsion. For aluminum: neat cutting oil or kerosene. For cast iron: dry cutting (cast iron produces lubricating graphite). Always check compatibility with the specific material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFootprint N\/D mm. For workpiece handling, clear space on all sides of the table equal to the longitudinal travel (405 mm) in front and behind is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694322356552,"sku":"02-1331XL","price":40004.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_di_utensili_Bernardo_WFM_750_Servo_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.png?v=1758102058"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-wfm-800","title":"Bernardo Milling Machine WFM 800 – table 800 mm, ISO 40","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo WFM 800 milling machine offers an 800 × 400 mm table, ISO 40 spindle taper, (18) 40–2,000 rpm spindle speed, 500 mm X-travel \/ 350 mm Y-travel \/ 400 mm Z-travel, max 520 mm spindle-to-column distance, and N\/A head tilt. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 × 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (18) 40–2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal travel (X):\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross travel (Y):\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical travel (Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-to-column distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e max 520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle head tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e N\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the WFM 800 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo WFM 800 is a universal bench\/workshop milling machine for metalworking: peripheral and face milling, drilling, boring, tapping, and surfacing on steel, aluminum, and cast iron. With an 800 × 400 mm table, ISO 40 taper, and 500 mm longitudinal travel, it covers the standard professional range. The N\/A tilting head allows for bevel milling and angled operations without rotating the workpiece. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for precision parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo WFM 800 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional workshop milling machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 400 mm table, ISO 40, 500 mm X-travel: for precision milling on standard-sized parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high-volume series production, consider CNC milling centers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(18) 40–2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003emax 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X\/Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.03\/0.06\/0.12 mm\/rev (spindle feed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/A mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/A kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ISO 40 and ISO 50 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISO 40 is the standard for medium-sized professional milling machines (BFM 180, WFM 750\/800\/850, MFM 230). ISO 50 is the heavy industrial standard for large-format milling machines (BFM 200, BFM 2100 Servo): larger diameter taper, larger tools, greater rigidity in heavy milling. The WFM 800 uses ISO 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the WFM 800 have automatic feed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WFM 800 has manual feed on all three axes. For automatic motorized feeds, consider the Servo versions of the WFM range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting fluid is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor steel: 5–8% soluble oil-water emulsion. For aluminum: neat cutting oil or kerosene. For cast iron: dry cutting (cast iron produces lubricating graphite). Always check compatibility with the specific material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFootprint N\/A mm. For workpiece handling, clear space on all sides of the table equal to the longitudinal travel (500 mm) is needed in front and behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694326485320,"sku":"02-1304XL","price":39992.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_di_utensili_Bernardo_WFM_800_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1758100713"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-wfm-800-servo","title":"Bernardo Milling Machine WFM 800 Servo – 800 mm table, ISO 40, servo feeds","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo WFM 800 Servo milling machine offers a 800 × 400 mm table, ISO 40 spindle taper, spindle speed (continuous) 40–260 \/ 260–2,000 rpm, X-axis travel 405 mm \/ Y-axis travel 400 mm \/ Z-axis travel 400 mm, spindle-to-column distance 170–570 mm, and head tilt of −90°\/+90°. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 × 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (continuous) 40–260 \/ 260–2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal travel (X):\u003c\/strong\u003e 405 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross travel (Y):\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical travel (Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle – column distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170–570 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle head tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e −90°\/+90°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the WFM 800 Servo and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo WFM 800 Servo is a universal bench\/workshop milling machine for metalworking: peripheral and face milling, drilling, boring, tapping, and surfacing on steel, aluminum, and cast iron. With an 800 × 400 mm table, ISO 40 taper, and 405 mm longitudinal travel, it covers the standard professional range. Servo version of the WFM 800: same table, servo feeds on X and Y for partial cycle automation. The inclinable head from −90°\/+90° allows for bevel milling and angled operations without rotating the workpiece. In Krollit customer workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for precision parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo WFM 800 Servo for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional workshop milling machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable 800 × 400 mm, ISO 40, X-axis travel 405 mm: for precision milling on standard-sized parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high-volume series production, consider CNC milling centers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(continuous) 40–260 \/ 260–2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e405 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170–570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−90°\/+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/A mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/A kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ISO 40 and ISO 50 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISO 40 is the standard for medium-sized professional milling machines (BFM 180, WFM 750\/800\/850, MFM 230). ISO 50 is the heavy-duty industrial standard for large-format milling machines (BFM 200, BFM 2100 Servo): larger taper diameter, larger tools, greater rigidity in heavy milling. The WFM 800 Servo uses ISO 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the WFM 800 Servo have automatic feed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the WFM Servo series has servo feeds on all axes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting fluid is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor steel: 5–8% water+soluble oil emulsion. For aluminum: neat cutting oil or kerosene. For cast iron: dry cutting (cast iron produces lubricating graphite). Always check compatibility with the specific material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFootprint N\/A mm. For moving parts, free space is needed on all sides of the table equal to the longitudinal travel (405 mm) in front and behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694327697736,"sku":"02-1332XL","price":42103.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_di_utensili_Bernardo_WFM_800_Servo_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.png?v=1758100022"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-wfm-850-servo","title":"Bernardo Universal Milling Machine WFM 850 Servo – 800 mm table, ISO 40","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo WFM 850 Servo milling machine offers an 800 × 450 mm table, ISO 40 spindle taper, spindle speed (continuous) 40–260 \/ 260–2,000 rpm, X-axis travel 600 mm \/ Y-axis travel 450 mm \/ Z-axis travel 450 mm, spindle-to-column distance 170–620 mm, and head tilt of −90°\/+90°. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 × 450 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (continuous) 40–260 \/ 260–2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal travel (X):\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross travel (Y):\u003c\/strong\u003e 450 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical travel (Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 450 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle – column distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170–620 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle head tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e −90°\/+90°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the WFM 850 Servo and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo WFM 850 Servo is a universal bench\/workshop milling machine for metalworking: peripheral and face milling, drilling, boring, tapping, and surfacing on steel, aluminum, and cast iron. With an 800 × 450 mm table, ISO 40 taper, and 600 mm longitudinal travel, it covers the standard professional range. The WFM 850 Servo has larger X (600 mm) and Y (450 mm) travel than the WFM 800 Servo (405 × 315 mm): for larger workpieces with motorized feeds. The −90°\/+90° tiltable head allows for bevel milling and angled operations without rotating the workpiece. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for precision parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo WFM 850 Servo for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop milling machine.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 450 mm table, ISO 40, 600 mm X-travel: for precision milling of standard-sized workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor high-volume series production, consider CNC milling centers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(continuous) 40–260 \/ 260–2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170–620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e−90°\/+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/D mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eN\/D kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between ISO 40 and ISO 50 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISO 40 is the standard for medium-sized professional milling machines (BFM 180, WFM 750\/800\/850, MFM 230). ISO 50 is the heavy industrial standard for large-format milling machines (BFM 200, BFM 2100 Servo): larger diameter taper, larger tools, greater rigidity in heavy milling. The WFM 850 Servo uses ISO 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the WFM 850 Servo have automatic feed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the WFM Servo series has servo feeds on all axes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cutting fluid is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor steel: 5–8% water+soluble oil emulsion. For aluminum: neat cutting oil or kerosene. For cast iron: dry cutting (cast iron produces lubricating graphite). Always verify compatibility with the specific material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and support available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFootprint N\/D mm. For workpiece handling, clear space is needed on all sides of the table equal to the longitudinal travel (600 mm) in front and behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694328680776,"sku":"02-1333XL","price":45372.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_da_attrezzeria_Bernardo_WFM_850_Servo_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.png?v=1758098718"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-multifunzionale-mfm-230-super","title":"Bernardo MFM 230 Super Multifunction Milling Machine – ISO 40, 60-4,200 rpm variable spindle, ES-12 H 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MFM 230 Super multifunctional milling machine offers a universal head that can be tilted (-90°\/+90°) and swiveled (±45°), an ISO 40 spindle with continuously variable speed 60-4,200 rpm and mechanical brake, 3 automatic spindle feeds (0.038\/0.076\/0.152 mm\/rev), longitudinal travel 690 mm \/ transverse travel 315 mm \/ vertical travel 310 mm, a 1,245×230 mm hardened and ground table with 16 mm T-slots, and a 2.2 kW motor. The ES-12 H 3-axis digital display and integrated cooling device are included. Weight 1,023 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 – 4,200 rpm continuously variable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,245 × 230 mm hardened and ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravels (X \/ Y \/ Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 690 \/ 315 \/ 310 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e -90° \/ +90° + swivel ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-axis DRO:\u003c\/strong\u003e ES-12 H included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 1,023 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MFM 230 Super and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MFM 230 Super is a multifunctional milling machine that combines milling, drilling, and boring capabilities in a single machine. The universal head, inclinable from -90° to +90° and swiveling up to ±45°, allows complex machining at multiple angles without repositioning the workpiece. The continuously variable spindle speed from 60 to 4,200 rpm with a mechanical brake covers any material: low speed for hardened steels, high speed for aluminum and light alloys. The 3 automatic spindle feeds (0.038, 0.076, 0.152 mm\/rev) allow repeatable precision machining without manual pushing. The 1,245×230 mm hardened and ground table accommodates medium-sized workpieces with 16 mm T-slots for high-strength clamping. The ES-12 H 3-axis digital display is included as standard: a distinctive feature of MFM machines compared to entry-level milling machines from other brands where the DRO is an optional accessory. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by general mechanical workshops, prototyping labs, mechanical repair shops, and workshops that perform mixed operations on single pieces or small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo multifunctional milling machine range, the MFM 230 Super is the entry-to-mid-range model. Above it is the MFM 250 Super (larger travels 800\/410\/330 mm, table 1,370×254 mm, weight 1,255 kg) for workshops with larger workpieces. The MFM 230 and MFM 250 share the same philosophy: multifunctional machines with a universal swiveling head, continuously variable spindle, ISO 40, and included DRO. Practical difference: the 250 Super has 110 mm more X-travel (800 vs 690 mm) and 95 mm more Y-travel (410 vs 315 mm), in addition to a larger table. For workshops with workpieces within 690 mm of X-travel, the MFM 230 is correctly sized at a lower cost. Compared to UWF (pure universal milling machines), the difference is in purpose: MFM machines have a single vertical spindle with a tilting head, while UWF machines have a double spindle (vertical + horizontal). For operations requiring frequent switching between vertical and horizontal milling, UWF machines are faster; for mixed operations with complex angles, MFM machines are more flexible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 1,023 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 1,700 × 1,750 × 2,120 mm: check access to the workshop. ISO 40 adapters, milling cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the MFM 230 Super is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 1,023 kg and requiring 400V three-phase power. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultifunctional solution: milling, drilling, boring in a single machine. Continuously variable speed 60-4,200 rpm covers any material and geometry.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal tilting head and included ES-12 H 3-axis DRO allow complex machining on single pieces with high positioning accuracy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with workpieces regularly requiring travels beyond 690 mm in X (the MFM 250 Super with 800 mm is appropriately sized); high-volume series production (consider CNC milling machines); operations requiring a dedicated horizontal spindle (UWF machines with double spindles are faster).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and slots\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,245 × 230 mm hardened and ground\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 – 355 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 – 4,200 rpm (continuously variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.038 \/ 0.076 \/ 0.152 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and capacities\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e690 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransverse travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 – 485 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTilting head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° \/ +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDRO included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3-axis with LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn X, Y and Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,700 × 1,750 × 2,120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1,023 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MFM 230 Super multifunctional milling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 H 3-axis digital display with LCD screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling device with tank and pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic feeds on X, Y, and Z axes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable protective device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy is it called 'multifunctional' compared to a traditional milling machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to the universal tilting and swiveling head that allows vertical, horizontal, inclined milling, and drilling without changing machines. A traditional milling machine has a fixed spindle with a single orientation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultifunctional milling machines combine capabilities that would require multiple separate machines (vertical milling machine, horizontal milling machine, drill press) into one. For workshops with limited space or budget, they are an effective solution. For workshops with production focused on a single type of machining, a dedicated machine is faster and more reliable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'continuously variable speed' mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt means that the spindle speed can be set to any value between 60 and 4,200 rpm without predefined steps. The operator can choose the optimal speed for each tool-material combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional milling machines have stepped speeds (e.g., 8 or 12 positions). Continuously variable speed is a characteristic of professional machines with an inverter or mechanical variator. It allows finding the optimal value for the specific operation, improving cutting quality and tool life. On the MFM 230 Super, adjustment is continuous via a mechanical variator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ISO 40 taper really standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. ISO 40 is the international standard for mid-range professional milling machines. Most commercial tool holders (milling chucks, collets, adapters) are available in ISO 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with existing tools in other tapers (ISO 30, ISO 50, MT), adapters are available. For future tool investments, ISO 40 is the most widespread choice. The M16 drawbar included in the equipment is the corresponding size for ISO 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the included ES-12 H DRO really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO (Digital Readout) shows the exact position of the X, Y, and Z axes in hundredths of a millimeter in real time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and backlash compensation: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. For workshops with precision production, the DRO is an essential feature; in Bernardo MFM machines, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level milling machines from other brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum workpiece capacity on the table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,245×230 mm table with 16 mm T-slots is sized for standard medium-sized workpieces. The maximum workpiece weight depends on the clamping and table rigidity: typically up to 200-300 kg for precision machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor larger or heavier workpieces, the MFM 250 Super (table 1,370×254 mm) is the appropriately sized choice. For industrial production of large workpieces, consider UWF 95 N universal milling machines (table 1,600×360 mm, 2,200 kg) or UWF 150 (table 1,650×360 mm, 2,250 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694352666952,"sku":"02-1291XL","price":14140.28,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_multifunzionale_Bernardo_MFM_230_Super_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1758097689"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-multifunzionale-mfm-250-super","title":"Bernardo MFM 250 Super Multifunctional Milling Machine – ISO 40, spindle 60-4,200 rpm variable, travels 800\/410\/330 mm, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MFM 250 Super multifunctional milling machine offers a universal head that can be tilted (-90°\/+90°) and swiveled (±45°), an ISO 40 spindle with continuously variable speed 60-4,200 rpm and mechanical brake, 3 automatic spindle feeds (0.038\/0.076\/0.152 mm\/rev), longitudinal travel 800 mm \/ transverse 410 mm \/ vertical 330 mm, a 1,370×254 mm table with 16 mm T-slots, and a 2.2 kW motor. An ES-12 H 3-axis digital display and integrated cooling device are included. Weight 1,255 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 – 4,200 rpm continuous\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,370 × 254 mm with 16 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravel (X \/ Y \/ Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 \/ 410 \/ 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e -90° \/ +90° + rotation ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-axis DRO:\u003c\/strong\u003e ES-12 H included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 1,255 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the MFM 250 Super and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo MFM 250 Super is the top-range multifunctional milling machine in the MFM family, sized for workshops with larger workpieces and a need for extended travels. Compared to the MFM 230 Super (the entry model in the family), it offers 110 mm more X-travel (800 vs 690 mm), 95 mm more Y-travel (410 vs 315 mm), and a wider table (1,370×254 vs 1,245×230 mm). The basic mechanical features are identical: tilting universal head, continuous spindle speed, 2.2 kW motor, ES-12 H DRO included. The higher weight (1,255 vs 1,023 kg) reflects the larger size of the structure, ensuring stability for larger workpieces. The spindle-to-table distance of 80-360 mm (vs 45-355 mm for the 230) and spindle-to-column distance of 70-540 mm (vs 135-485 mm) expand operational possibilities for tall workpieces. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops producing medium-large workpieces, workshops that alternate between single pieces and small series, and industrial maintenance departments working with components of various sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MFM 250 Super is the top of the Bernardo MFM multifunctional milling machine family. Below it is the MFM 230 Super (travels 690\/315\/310 mm, weight 1,023 kg) for smaller workpieces. Practical difference: for workshops with workpieces up to 690 mm in X, the MFM 230 is correctly sized at a significantly lower cost; for workshops regularly working with workpieces over 690 mm in length, the MFM 250 Super is a must. Comparison with UWF universal machines: the MFM 250 Super has a table similar to the UWF 80 E (1,000×240 mm) but with greater travels and a more flexible tilting head. UWF machines have the advantage of a dual spindle (vertical + horizontal) for quick changes between operations; MFM machines have the advantage of a universal head for complex angles on a single spindle. The choice between MFM 250 Super and UWF 90 V depends on the typical type of machining: multiple angles → MFM, alternation between vertical\/horizontal → UWF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 1,255 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 1,800 × 2,000 × 2,240 mm: verify access to the workshop. ISO 40 adapters, milling cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the MFM 250 Super for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range industrial MFM machine. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with medium-large workpieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtended travels (800\/410\/330 mm) and 1,370×254 mm table handle workpieces that the MFM 230 cannot accommodate. Same professional features (DRO included, tilting head, continuous speed).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance department\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe spindle-to-table distance of 80-360 mm and spindle-to-column distance of 70-540 mm allow machining of components of various heights and depths without repositioning.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with workpieces up to 690 mm in X (the MFM 230 Super is significantly more economical with the same professional features); high-volume series production (consider CNC milling machines); workpieces over 800 mm in X (consider UWF 95 N with 1,300 mm or UWF 150 with 1,350 mm); operations requiring a dedicated horizontal spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and slots\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,370 × 254 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 – 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 – 4,200 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.038 \/ 0.076 \/ 0.152 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransverse travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 – 540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTilting head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° \/ +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDRO included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3-axis with LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn X, Y and Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,800 × 2,000 × 2,240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1,255 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo MFM 250 Super multifunctional milling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 H 3-axis digital display with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling device with tank and pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic feeds on X, Y, and Z axes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable safety guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the MFM 250 Super better than the MFM 230 Super?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the typical workpiece dimensions. For workpieces up to 690 mm, the MFM 230 is correctly sized at a significantly lower cost. For workpieces regularly over 690 mm, the MFM 250 Super is a must.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe price difference reflects the 110 mm more X-travel, 95 mm more Y-travel, larger table, and 232 kg more weight. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, the 250 Super is strategically preferable: it covers all cases of the 230 plus larger workpieces. For established workshops with standard workpiece production, the 230 is the more rational choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum workpiece capacity on the 1,370×254 mm table?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe table with 16 mm T-slots is sized for medium-large workpieces. The maximum weight for precision machining is typically 300-500 kg, depending on clamping and workpiece geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor very heavy workpieces, the MFM 250 Super is at the limit of multifunctional milling machines; consider UWF 95 N universal milling machines (machine weight 2,200 kg, more rigid structure) or UWF 150. For small series on medium-sized workpieces, the MFM 250 Super offers a better price-performance compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I do precise boring with the MFM 250 Super?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The continuous spindle speed, automatic feeds (0.038-0.152 mm\/rev), and 125 mm spindle travel allow for precision boring up to one hundredth of a millimeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoring requires low rotation speed (typical 50-200 rpm) and controlled, regular feeds. The MFM 250 Super with continuous speed from 60 rpm and fine automatic feeds is correctly sized. For higher precision boring (beyond H7), dedicated tools and specific operator techniques are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the tilting head really stable in the tilted position?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Bernardo universal head is designed to maintain precision even in tilted positions up to ±90°. The lever clamping system offers sufficient rigidity for precision machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn entry-level multifunctional milling machines from other brands, the tilting head may lose precision in tilted positions (residual play, deformation under load). The solid cast iron Bernardo structure with a correctly sized tilting head maintains rigidity at any angle. Parallelism and perpendicularity checks are recommended periodically for intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the integrated cooling device really included in the base?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The liquid collection tank and coolant pump are integrated into the machine base. The coolant (oil-water emulsion) is not supplied by Krollit but is available from standard industrial suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated cooling is a professional feature that improves tool life, machining quality, and safety (temperature reduction). On entry-level milling machines from other brands, the cooling device is an optional accessory or absent. The MFM 250 Super includes it as standard, like the MFM 230 Super.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694359056712,"sku":"02-1292XL","price":16379.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_multifunzionale_Bernardo_MFM_250_Super_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1758096425"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-universale-uwf-90-v","title":"Bernardo UWF 90 V Universal Milling Machine – ISO 40, double spindle, 1,270×280 mm table, 2.2+2.2 kW motors, ES-12 H 3-axis DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 90 V universal milling machine offers an ISO 40 vertical and horizontal spindle, 8 vertical speed stages (90-2,000 rpm) and 12 horizontal speed stages (40-1,300 rpm), a 1,270×280 mm table inclinable by ±45° with 14 mm T-slots, a -90°\/+90° swiveling head, longitudinal travel of 750 mm (manual) \/ cross travel of 230 mm \/ vertical travel of 300 mm, automatic X and Y feeds with rapid traverse, a Z-axis positioning motor (660 mm\/min rapid feed), automatic spindle feed (0.08\/0.15\/0.25 mm\/rev), 2.2 kW vertical + 2.2 kW horizontal motors, and a heavy cast iron structure with dovetail guides. A 3-axis DRO ES-12 H is included. Weight: 1,310 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical and horizontal ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 stages: 90 – 2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 stages: 40 – 1,300 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,270 × 280 mm inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravel (X \/ Y \/ Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 750 \/ 230 \/ 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW vertical + 2.2 kW horizontal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-axis DRO:\u003c\/strong\u003e ES-12 H included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the UWF 90 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 90 V is the mid-range universal milling machine in the UWF family, sized for mechanical workshops with medium to large part production. It represents a dimensional leap compared to the UWF 80 E: 1,270×280 mm table (vs 1,000×240), 750 mm X-travel (vs 590 mm), 2.2+2.2 kW motors (vs 0.85\/1.5 + 1.5 kW). The dedicated Z-axis positioning motor with 660 mm\/min rapid feed is a distinguishing feature: it allows for quick head repositioning between operations without manually operating the handwheel. The 12 speed stages on the horizontal spindle (vs 9 on the UWF 80 E) cover a wider range for various applications. The automatic spindle feed with 3 values (0.08, 0.15, 0.25 mm\/rev) allows for repeatable precision machining. The heavy 1,310 kg cast iron structure with dovetail guides ensures stability for intensive cycles. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by professional mechanical workshops with regular production, prototyping and small-batch production labs, and general mechanical processing workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UWF 90 V is the central model in the Bernardo UWF family. Below it: UWF 80 E (1,000×240 mm table, 980 kg weight) and UWF 80 E Vario (with vertical speed inverter). Alongside: UWF 90 V with pneumatic clamping DIN 2080 (subsequent version with quick tool change); UWF 90-1270 (identical 1,270×280 mm table, but 0.85\/1.5 kW vertical motor instead of 2.2 kW: less powerful version). Above: UWF 95 N (1,600×360 mm table, 2,200 kg weight, with pneumatic clamping) for large industrial parts; UWF 110 (360° universal head) and UWF 150 (top of the range with ISO 50, 4 kW motor). The choice between UWF 90 V and UWF 90-1270 depends on the power required on the vertical spindle: the 90 V with 2.2 kW handles more demanding operations; the 90-1270 with 0.85\/1.5 kW is sized for lighter operations at a lower cost. For workshops with regular production on standard steels and alloys, the UWF 90 V is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 1,310 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 1,750 × 1,500 × 2,200 mm: verify laboratory access. ISO 40 adapters, milling cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer assistance in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the UWF 90 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 1,310 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase line. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with regular production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble spindle with 2.2+2.2 kW motors, 1,270×280 mm table, Z-axis positioning motor. Sized for daily professional use on medium-to-large parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping and small-batch production lab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 horizontal and 8 vertical stages cover different speeds for variable materials. Automatic spindle feed with 3 values for repeatable precision machining.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring frequent quick tool changes (the UWF 90 V with DIN 2080 pneumatic clamping is correctly sized); production of large parts beyond the 1,270×280 mm table (UWF 95 N or UWF 150); exclusive use at low powers (the UWF 90-1270 with 0.85\/1.5 kW vertical motor is more economical); high-volume series production (CNC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,270 × 280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° \/ +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40 (vertical and horizontal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 90 – 2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 40 – 1,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.08 \/ 0.15 \/ 0.25 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravel and capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 – 425 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 – 740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSwiveling head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead swivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 32 – 700 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid Z feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ positioning motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDRO included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3-axis with LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,750 × 1,500 × 2,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1,310 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo UWF 90 V universal milling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital display ES-12 H with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal counter bearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable protective device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover for horizontal milling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eISO 40\/B18 and ISO 40\/MT 3 adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReducing sleeve with conical MT 3\/2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong milling arbors ISO 40\/27 mm and ISO 40\/32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant device with tank and pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference with the UWF 90-1270?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two milling machines share the table (1,270×280 mm), travels (750\/230\/300 mm), and spindle type (ISO 40 vertical + horizontal). The only difference is in the power of the vertical spindle: the UWF 90 V has 2.2 kW, the UWF 90-1270 has 0.85\/1.5 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UWF 90 V with a more powerful motor is sized for standard professional machining on medium steels and alloys. The UWF 90-1270 with a lower motor is sized for lighter machining or for workshops with limited needs, at a lower cost. For growing workshops or those with varied operations, the UWF 90 V is strategically preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the Z-axis positioning motor really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for operations with frequent repositioning. Without a Z motor, the operator must manually operate the vertical axis handwheel for each repositioning (a slow and tiring operation for large movements).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 660 mm\/min rapid feed on the Z-axis allows 100 mm movements in 9 seconds. In comparison, the manual handwheel takes 30-60 seconds for an experienced operator. For series production or operations with frequent height changes, the time saving is significant. For static machining on a single piece, the difference is less noticeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the purpose of the automatic spindle feed with 3 values?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt allows setting the working feed of the spindle for drilling\/boring: 0.08 mm\/rev for hard steels and finishing, 0.15 mm\/rev for standard operations, 0.25 mm\/rev for soft steels and roughing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed maintains constant speed without operator intervention: the spindle advances by itself during machining while the operator can control other aspects. For precision drilling or boring, it is an essential feature. Without automatic feed, manual pushing produces speed variations that worsen the hole finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eThe 750 mm X-travel is 'manual' - what does that mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt means that the full 750 mm longitudinal travel can only be achieved with manual feed (handwheel). The automatic feed covers a smaller portion of the travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn many universal milling machines, automatic feed is limited to a portion of the travel for mechanical and cost reasons. For standard operations, automatic feed is more than sufficient. For positioning movements at the limits of the travel, the operator uses the handwheel. Check the dimensions of typical parts before purchasing: for parts requiring automatic machining beyond the automatic feed zone, consider higher-end models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre 12 speed stages on the horizontal spindle too many?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The wider speed range (40-1,300 rpm) requires more stages to cover it correctly. Horizontal milling typically operates at lower speeds than vertical milling (tools are often larger, e.g., face milling cutters), so the 40-1,300 range is adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a horizontal spindle, face milling cutters can have Ø 100-300 mm, requiring specific peripheral speeds for each material. The 12 stages allow finding the most appropriate speed for each tool-material combination. On the UWF 90 V, speed change is mechanical via levers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694381994312,"sku":"02-1230XL","price":16172.55,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_universale_Bernardo_UWF_90_V_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1758095632"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-universale-uwf-110","title":"Bernardo UWF 110 Universal Milling Machine – 360° universal head, ISO 40, 1,120×260 mm table, 2.2 kW motor, ES-12 H 3-axis DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 110 universal milling machine offers a 360° swiveling universal head, ISO 40 spindle taper, 11 spindle speeds from 45-1,660 rpm, a 1,120×260 mm table with 14 mm T-slots, longitudinal travel of 600 mm \/ transverse travel of 250 mm \/ vertical travel of 400 mm, automatic X and Y feeds (9 stages 24-402 mm\/min), rapid Z feed of 660 mm\/min, Z-axis positioning motor, 2.2 kW motor, grey cast iron structure with dovetail guides and adjustable gibs, polished oil-bath gears. ES-12 H 3-axis DRO included. Weight 1,380 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 360° swiveling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 steps: 45 – 1,660 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,120 × 260 mm with 14 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravels (X \/ Y \/ Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 \/ 250 \/ 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-axis DRO:\u003c\/strong\u003e ES-12 H included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the UWF 110 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 110 is a universal milling machine with a unique feature: a 360° swiveling universal head on a single ISO 40 spindle. Unlike other UWF models (90, 95 N) which have a fixed dual spindle (vertical + horizontal), the UWF 110 has a single spindle with full orientation: it allows any angle (vertical, horizontal, inclined) by rotating the head to the desired position. Operational advantage: maximum flexibility for machining with complex angles or non-standard angles (e.g., 30°, 60°, etc. milling). Trade-off compared to the dual spindle: changing orientation requires setup time (rotating the head, re-clamping). For workshops that frequently alternate only vertical and horizontal, the dual spindle is faster; for workshops with various angles, the 360° universal head is more flexible. The polished oil-bath gears are a high-end feature: superior smoothness and many years of durability. The 400 mm Z-travel is the highest in the mid-range UWF: it handles tall workpieces without repositioning. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by precision mechanical workshops, prototyping laboratories with complex geometries, and specialized productions on parts with multiple non-standard angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UWF 110 is the Bernardo universal milling machine with a 360° swiveling head (an exclusive feature in the UWF range). Alongside it in the mid-range: UWF 90 V, UWF 90-1270, UWF 95 N (all with fixed dual spindles). Above it: UWF 150 (top of the range, ISO 50, 4 kW motors, 1,650×360 mm table). The key difference between UWF 110 and UWF 90\/95: different machining philosophy. UWF 90\/95 with dual spindles are optimized for quick changes between vertical and horizontal (repetitive standard machining); UWF 110 with a 360° head is optimized for multiple angles (prototyping and complex geometry machining). The UWF 110 table (1,120×260 mm) is intermediate between UWF 90 (1,270×280) and UWF 80 E (1,000×240): a size consistent with the mid-range. For workshops choosing between UWF 95 N and UWF 110, the choice depends on the type of machining: large standard parts → UWF 95 N; medium parts with angles → UWF 110.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 1,380 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 1,570 × 1,470 × 1,660 mm: the most compact in the mid-range UWF (contained height of 1,660 mm). ISO 40 adapters, milling cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the UWF 110 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional industrial machine. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with complex geometries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° universal head for machining with various angles. Suitable for prototyping, mechanical repairs on parts with non-standard geometries.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexibility of the 360° swiveling head + ES-12 H 3-axis DRO + 400 mm Z-travel manage tall workpieces with multiple angles. Solution for production of complex single parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e series production with quick changes only between vertical and horizontal (UWF 90 V or 95 N with dual spindles are faster); large workpieces beyond the 1,120×260 mm table (consider UWF 95 N or UWF 150); workshops without industrial 400V three-phase power; production of small parts that do not require a 360° head (UWF 80 E is more economical).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,120 × 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and universal head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 steps: 45 – 1,660 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° (universal head)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransverse travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 – 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Y feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(9) 24 – 402 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid Z feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ positioning motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDovetail with adjustable gibs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGears\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished in oil bath\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded DRO\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3-axis with LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,570 × 1,470 × 1,660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1,380 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo UWF 110 universal milling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 H 3-axis digital display with LCD screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant device with tank and pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutboard support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong milling arbor Ø 32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic X and Y feeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositioning motor for Z-axis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip and liquid collection tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable protective device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does '360° universal head' mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spindle head can rotate 360° around the longitudinal axis: the operator can position the milling cutter in any orientation (vertical, horizontal, inclined at any angle). It is functionally equivalent to the dual spindle of other UWF models, but with greater flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUWF models with dual spindles only have 2 possible orientations (vertical 90° and horizontal 0°). The UWF 110 with a 360° head allows any angle (15°, 30°, 45°, 60°, etc.). The advantage is noticeable on parts with non-standard angle milling. The trade-off is the orientation change time (rotating the head, clamping it), which is longer than the spindle change on UWF 90\/95 models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the UWF 110 as a vertical-only milling machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The universal head can be locked in the vertical position for continuous vertical use. In that use, the machine behaves like a standard vertical milling machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that primarily work vertically but occasionally require angles, the UWF 110 is correctly sized. For workshops that always work only vertically, a standard vertical milling machine may be more economical and ergonomic. The UWF 110 repays its complexity only if the 360° adjustability is used regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre 11 speed steps few compared to the 8 steps of the UWF 90?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are 11 steps in addition to (vs 8+12 on the UWF 90). The UWF 110 has a single spindle with 11 steps covering the 45-1,660 rpm range continuously. The UWF 90 has 8 steps for vertical + 12 for horizontal, but these are different spindles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor practical use, the difference is small: 11 steps adequately cover the range. The optimal speed for each tool-material combination is rarely exactly one of the predefined values, regardless of the number of steps. For fine optimization, consider the UWF 80 E Vario with inverter (continuous speed).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I do tapping (internal threading) with the UWF 110?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with appropriate taps and accessories. The spindle rotation is reversible: an essential feature for extracting the tap from the threaded hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precision tapping, the use of specific self-reversing tapping chucks, available as accessories, is recommended. The UWF 110 with a universal head is particularly suitable for tapping on parts with complex geometries: the 360° adjustability allows the tap to be positioned at the angle required by the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 400 mm Z-travel really the highest in the mid-range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. UWF 90 V and UWF 90-1270 have 300 mm Z-travel, UWF 80 E has 320 mm, UWF 95 N has 400 mm (same as UWF 110), UWF 150 has 390 mm. The UWF 110 and UWF 95 N share the most extended Z-travel in the UWF mid-range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 400 mm Z-travel allows machining on tall workpieces without repositioning. For workpieces over 400 mm in height, multiple pass planing or machines with greater travels are needed. For most standard machining, 400 mm is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694389268808,"sku":"02-1267XL","price":16989.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_universale_Bernardo_UWF_110_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.png?v=1758094753"},{"product_id":"fresatrici-universali-bernardo-uwf-150","title":"Bernardo UWF 150 Universal Milling Machine – top of the range, ISO 50, double spindle, 1,650×360 mm table, 4 kW motors, 3-axis DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 150 universal milling machine is the top of the line among Bernardo universal milling machines. It features ISO 50 vertical and horizontal spindles, 12-stage vertical speed 60-1,750 rpm and 12-stage horizontal speed 58-1,800 rpm, a 1,650×360 mm table inclinable ±45° with 14 mm T-slots, longitudinal travel 1,350 mm \/ cross travel 290 mm \/ vertical travel 390 mm, 8 automatic feeds on all axes, rapid feeds 1,290\/1,208\/513 mm\/min (X\/Y\/Z), 4 kW vertical + 4 kW horizontal motors, solid cast iron structure, rectangular guides on Y and Z, hardened oil-bath gears, and a swiveling control panel. DRO ES-12 H 3 axes included. Weight 2,250 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical and horizontal ISO 50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 stages: 60 – 1,750 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 stages: 58 – 1,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,650 × 360 mm inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravel (X \/ Y \/ Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,350 \/ 290 \/ 390 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 kW vertical + 4 kW horizontal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 2,250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the UWF 150 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 150 is the top of the range of Bernardo universal milling machines, sized for industrial workshops with professional high-precision production on large workpieces. A leap in class compared to the UWF 90\/95: ISO 50 spindle taper (vs ISO 50 - larger and more powerful tool holders), 4 kW motors (vs 2.2 kW), 1,650×360 mm table (the largest in the family). The ISO 50 taper is an industrial feature: it allows for larger tools (milling cutters up to Ø 100-150 mm) with higher torque transmission. The 4 kW motors (more than double the 2.2 kW of the lower UWF models) handle heavy-duty machining on hard steels and large tools without compromise. The rectangular guides on Y and Z combine rigidity on two of the three axes most stressed during milling. The swiveling control panel is an ergonomic feature: the operator rotates the controls to the most comfortable position based on the machining operation. The automatic feeds on all 3 axes (8 stages) and rapid feeds of 1,290\/1,208\/513 mm\/min (X\/Y\/Z) optimize cycle times for series production. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops with precision production on large workpieces, metal fabrication shops with complete machining operations, and laboratories that require the highest professional level from Bernardo in universal milling machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UWF 150 is the pinnacle of the Bernardo UWF range, the only one with an ISO 50 taper. Below it: UWF 95 N (1,600×360 mm table, ISO 40, 2.2 kW motors, 2,200 kg weight) for standard professional production; UWF 110 (360° universal head, 1,120×260 mm table, ISO 40); UWF 90 V and UWF 90-1270 (1,270×280 table, ISO 40); UWF 80 E and UWF 80 E Vario (1,000×240 table, ISO 40). Key difference UWF 150 vs UWF 95 N: ISO 50 taper (vs ISO 40) and 4 kW motors (vs 2.2 kW). For heavy industrial machining on hard steels or large tools (over Ø 50 mm), the UWF 150 is correctly sized. For standard production on mild steels and medium alloys with tools up to Ø 50 mm, the UWF 95 N is correctly sized at a significantly lower cost. The investment in UWF 150 is justified for workshops with high power requirements, ISO 50 tools, and continuous intensive cycles. For workshops that already have ISO 40 tool sets, switching to ISO 50 requires tool updates: plan accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). At 2,250 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity and a properly sized industrial floor. Dimensions 2,250 × 2,000 × 1,995 mm: check access to the workshop. ISO 50 adapters, milling cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the UWF 150 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range industrial machine. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial workshop with heavy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 50 taper, 4 kW motors for machining on hard steels and large tools. Rectangular guides on Y and Z, 2,250 kg structure for stability in continuous intensive cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabrication shop with complete machining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,650×360 mm table and 1,350 mm X-travel handle large industrial workpieces. Double ISO 50 spindle for high-power vertical and horizontal milling.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with ISO 40 tool sets and a limited budget (the UWF 95 N is correctly sized at a significantly lower cost); production on workpieces within a 1,270 mm table (UWF 90 V or 90-1270); workshops without a properly sized industrial floor or without an industrial 400V three-phase line; operations requiring a 360° universal head (UWF 110 with exclusive feature).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,650 × 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° \/ +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 60 – 1,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 58 – 1,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravel and capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 – 550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 – 900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal \/ cross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 22-420 \/ 22-393 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 10 – 168 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X\/Y\/Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,290 \/ 1,208 \/ 513 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangular on Y and Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGears\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardened in oil bath\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwiveling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDRO included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3 axes with LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,250 × 2,000 × 1,995 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 2,250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo UWF 150 universal milling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital display ES-12 H with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M 24\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant device with tank and pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal counter bearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal protective device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip and coolant tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set for use and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic feed on X, Y, and Z axes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong milling arbor ISO 50\/27 mm and ISO 50\/32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConical tool holder ISO 50\/32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral lubrication for X, Y, and Z\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the key difference between ISO 50 and ISO 40?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ISO 50 has a larger taper (nominal Ø 69 mm vs 44 mm for ISO 40), drawbar M24 (vs M16). It transmits significantly higher torque: ISO 50 tools are dimensioned for heavy industrial machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard operations with tools up to Ø 50 mm, ISO 40 is sufficient. For large tools (Ø 80-150 mm) or heavy-duty machining on hard steels, ISO 50 is correctly sized. The ISO 50 taper is a characteristic of professional industrial milling machines; among Bernardo UWF models, only the 150 offers it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo the 4+4 kW motors require special electrical sizing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Only one spindle operates at a time (4 kW), but at startup, it requires peak power that necessitates a properly sized industrial meter. For workshops without an adequate industrial power line, check with your electricity provider.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 4 kW motor at startup can reach peaks of 6-8 kW: industrial meters of 10-15 kW are recommended. For workshops with other machines running simultaneously, the total sizing is important. The UWF 150 is sized for industrial workshops with an adequate electrical line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow do the rectangular guides on Y and Z (and not X) perform?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular guides on Y and Z provide maximum rigidity on the two axes most stressed during milling (feed and depth). The X-axis (longitudinal movement of the workpiece) is less stressed and maintains adequate standard guides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe design choice optimizes the rigidity\/cost ratio: rectangular guides on all 3 axes would be more expensive without proportional benefits. On the two most critical axes (transverse Y, vertical Z), the rectangular guides maintain precision under load even with large tools and heavy workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the swiveling control panel really useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It allows the operator to position the controls in the most ergonomic area based on the working position: in front of the machine for standard operations, laterally for machining large or angular workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn traditional milling machines with fixed controls, the operator must adapt to the position of the controls. For prolonged operations, this lack of ergonomics leads to fatigue. The swiveling panel is a characteristic of high-end industrial milling machines; in Bernardo UWF models, it is exclusive to the 150.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of machining justifies the investment in UWF 150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndustrial machining of large and heavy workpieces (machine bases, industrial molds, machine components); milling on hard steels with large tools; series production with intensive cycles; precision tolerances on voluminous workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor general artisan workshops, the UWF 95 N (ISO 40, 2.2 kW) or the UWF 90 models are correctly sized at a significantly lower cost. For industrial workshops with regular precision production on heavy workpieces, the UWF 150 repays the difference with greater productivity and tighter tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694399820104,"sku":"02-1280XL","price":27836.14,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_universale_Bernardo_UWF_150_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.png?v=1758093298"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrice-universale-uwf-80-e","title":"Bernardo UWF 80 E Universal Milling Machine – ISO 40 vertical and horizontal, 3-axis DRO ES-12 H, table 1,000×240 mm tiltable ±45°","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 80 E universal milling machine offers ISO 40 vertical and horizontal spindles, 8 vertical speed stages (115-1,750 rpm) and 9 horizontal speed stages (60-1,350 rpm), a 1,000×240 mm cross table inclinable by ±45° with 14 mm T-slots, a milling head adjustable by -90°\/+90°, longitudinal travel of 590 mm \/ transverse travel of 180 mm \/ vertical travel of 320 mm, automatic X and Y feeds including rapid traverse, a 0.85\/1.5 kW vertical motor + 1.5 kW horizontal motor, a solid cast iron structure with dovetail guides, and precision bearings (runout ≤0.015 mm). DRO ES-12 H 3-axis included. Weight 980 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical and horizontal ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 stages: 115 – 1,750 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 stages: 60 – 1,350 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 × 240 mm inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravels (X \/ Y \/ Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 590 \/ 180 \/ 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-axis DRO:\u003c\/strong\u003e ES-12 H included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 980 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the UWF 80 E and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 80 E is the entry-level universal milling machine in the UWF family, sized for general mechanical workshops needing a double spindle. A distinctive feature of UWF compared to multifunctional MFM machines: dedicated double spindle (vertical + horizontal), both with ISO 40 taper. The operational advantage is quick changeover between vertical and horizontal milling without repositioning the head: for operations that frequently alternate these two geometries, efficiency is significantly higher than multifunctional machines with a single adjustable head. The 1,000×240 mm cross table inclinable up to ±45° and the -90°\/+90° adjustable milling head allow complex angular machining. Precision bearings (runout ≤0.015 mm) are a high-end construction feature, typically absent in entry-level milling machines from other brands. The clutch for easy switching between manual and fine feed, and the right\/left rotation for threading operations, are professional features that expand operational capabilities. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops with single-piece and small-batch production, prototyping labs, mechanical repair shops, and professional artisan workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UWF 80 E is the entry-level model in Bernardo's UWF family. Above it in the family: UWF 80 E Vario (same table and travels, 2.2 kW vertical motor with Delta-Frequency inverter for continuous speed); UWF 90 V and UWF 90-1270 (1,270×280 mm table, 750\/230\/300 mm travels, 2.2 kW motor); UWF 95 N (1,600×360 mm table, 1,300\/300\/400 mm travels, 2,200 kg weight) for large pieces; UWF 110 (360° universal head, 1,120×260 mm table) with characteristic 360° adjustability; UWF 150 (top of the range, ISO 50, 4 kW motor, 1,650×360 mm table, 2,250 kg weight). The difference between UWF 80 E vs MFM 230 Super: UWF 80 E has a dedicated double spindle (vertical + horizontal), MFM 230 has a single spindle with an adjustable universal head. For workshops that frequently alternate vertical and horizontal milling, the UWF 80 E is more efficient; for workshops that primarily work vertically with multiple angles, the MFM 230 with a universal head is more flexible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 980 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 1,500 × 1,430 × 2,100 mm. ISO 40 adapters, cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the UWF 80 E for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 980 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase line. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble ISO 40 spindle (vertical + horizontal) for quick changes between different geometries. ES-12 H 3-axis DRO included and precision bearings (runout ≤0.015 mm) offer precision production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping \/ mechanical repair lab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable head and ±45° inclinable table handle complex geometries. Clutch for fine feed and right\/left rotation expand operational capabilities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-volume series production (consider CNC milling machines); parts regularly requiring continuous spindle speed (the UWF 80 E Vario with inverter is correctly sized); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line; exclusively vertical machining with multiple angles (the MFM 230 Super is more flexible).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 × 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° \/ +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40 (vertical and horizontal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 115 – 1,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(9) 60 – 1,350 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBearing runout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 0.015 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and capacities\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransverse travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 – 685 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustable head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling head orientation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 32 – 700 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX and Y (including rapid traverse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.85 \/ 1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left (for threading)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDRO included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3-axis with LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,500 × 1,430 × 2,100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 980 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo UWF 80 E universal milling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 H 3-axis digital display with LCD screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M 16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant device with tank and pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic feed for X-axis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic feed for Y-axis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdapter ISO 40 \/ MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdapter ISO 40 \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper reduction sleeve MT 3\/2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong milling arbor ISO 40\/27 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective cover for horizontal milling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal counter bearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the advantage of the double spindle compared to the adjustable head of MFM machines?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe quick changeover between vertical and horizontal milling without changing the setup. With the adjustable head of MFM machines, you have to loosen the locking system, rotate the head, and then re-tighten. With the UWF's double spindle, you just switch the active tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor operations that frequently alternate between the two geometries (e.g., typical for complex mechanical component machining), the double spindle significantly saves time. For predominantly vertical operations with multiple angles, the MFM's adjustable head is more flexible. The choice depends on the typical type of work in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'runout ≤ 0.015 mm' mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt means that during rotation, the spindle maintains its trajectory with deviations of less than 0.015 mm from the theoretical center. It is a measure of the spindle's rotational precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunout directly affects the quality of the surface finish and the dimensional accuracy of the parts. A runout of 0.015 mm is a high professional value: entry-level milling machines from other brands typically have 0.02-0.05 mm. For precision production (H7 tolerances or higher), spindle runout is a critical characteristic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the clutch for manual-fine feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt allows instant switching from automatic rapid traverse to fine manual feed by simply disengaging the clutch. Useful for precise positioning before starting a machining operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a clutch, to feed slowly, you need to mechanically set the minimum feed (a time-consuming operation). With a clutch, the operator disengages and proceeds manually with the handwheel, then re-engages for automatic feed. This is a standard professional feature on Bernardo universal milling machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs right\/left rotation only for threading?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMainly yes. For tapping (internal threading with a rotating tap), you need to reverse the direction of rotation to extract the tap from the hole. Left rotation can also be used for counter-grain finishing on specific materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout rotation reversal, tapping requires the use of specific accessories (self-reversing tap holders) or complex manual procedures. The integrated right\/left rotation on the UWF 80 E simplifies the operation: the tap screws in with right rotation, and unscrews with left rotation. This is a standard professional feature in Bernardo UWF machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision machining (H7 tolerances) with the UWF 80 E?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with adequate technique. The spindle runout (≤0.015 mm), the 3-axis DRO, and the solid cast iron structure (980 kg) are sized for precision production. H7 tolerances are achievable with appropriate tools and correct operator technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final precision also depends on: clamping rigidity, tool quality, cutting parameters (speed, feed, depth), operator skill. The UWF 80 E as a machine is correctly sized for this precision range; the final level depends on the specific machining expertise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694411616584,"sku":"02-1211BXL","price":12078.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_universale_Bernardo_UWF_80_E_con_display_digitale_a_3_assi.png?v=1758094025"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrici-uwf-80e-vario","title":"Bernardo UWF 80 E Vario Universal Milling Machine – ISO 40, variable speed vertical spindle (Delta-Frequency inverter), ES-12 H 3-axis DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 80 E Vario universal milling machine offers ISO 40 vertical and horizontal spindles, continuously variable vertical speed 75-600\/250-2,000 rpm with Delta-Frequency inverter, 9-stage horizontal speed 60-1,350 rpm, 1,000×240 mm table tiltable ±45° with 14 mm T-slots, ±90° swiveling head, travels 590\/175\/320 mm, automatic X and Y feeds with rapid traverse, 2.2 kW vertical motor + 1.5 kW horizontal motor, 1,010 kg cast iron structure. ES-12 H 3-axis DRO included. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40 with variable speed 75-600 \/ 250-2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40, 9 stages: 60 – 1,350 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInverter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delta-Frequency for continuous vertical spindle speed regulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 × 240 mm tiltable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW (vs 0.85\/1.5 kW of the basic UWF 80 E)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-axis DRO:\u003c\/strong\u003e ES-12 H included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,010 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the UWF 80 E Vario and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 80 E Vario is the professional superior version of the UWF 80 E, distinguished by its variable speed vertical spindle (Delta-Frequency inverter) and higher motor power (2.2 kW vs 0.85\/1.5 kW). The inverter allows continuous adjustment of the vertical speed between 75-600 rpm (low range) and 250-2,000 rpm (high range): the advantage compared to the 8 staged speeds of the basic UWF 80 E is the ability to find the optimal speed for each tool-material combination. On hardened steels, the optimal speed may fall between two predefined stages: with an inverter, the exact correct value can be set. Optimal torque in all working conditions is a characteristic of the Delta-Frequency inverter, which maintains torque even at low speeds (a critical situation for motors without an inverter). The basic mechanical characteristics (table, travels, dual spindle, ES-12 H DRO included) are identical to the UWF 80 E. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops with precision requirements, laboratories working with different materials at variable optimal speeds, and prototype production requiring optimization of cutting parameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UWF 80 E Vario is the 'Vario' version (with inverter) of the UWF 80 E. Key difference UWF 80 E vs UWF 80 E Vario: same mechanical machine, but the vertical spindle has a Delta-Frequency inverter for continuous speed (vs 8 stages). Superior vertical motor (2.2 vs 0.85\/1.5 kW) to correctly manage the extended speed range. For workshops working with standard materials with tools suitable for predefined speeds, the basic UWF 80 E is correctly dimensioned with a lower cost. For workshops that alternate different materials (steel, aluminum, plastic, special alloys) and seek optimal speed for each, the UWF 80 E Vario repays the difference. The difference is similar to that between entry-level milling machines and CNC milling machines: the principle of optimizing cutting parameters. Above it in the family: UWF 90 V (1,270×280 mm table, 2.2+2.2 kW motors), UWF 90-1270, UWF 95 N (mid-range top), UWF 110 (360° universal head), UWF 150 (top of the range with ISO 50).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 1,010 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 1,600 × 1,500 × 2,100 mm. ISO 40 adapters, milling cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the UWF 80 E Vario is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional industrial machine. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with variable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelta-Frequency inverter for continuous speed: optimizes cutting parameters for every material (steel, aluminum, alloys). 2.2 kW vertical motor manages stable torque at all speeds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping laboratory \/ precision production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous speed allows fine optimization of cutting parameters for high-quality finishes. The basic UWF 80 E with 8 stages may require compromises on parameters.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with standard processing on single materials (the basic UWF 80 E with 8 stages is correctly dimensioned with a lower cost); workshops without a 400V three-phase line; large parts beyond the 1,000×240 mm table (consider UWF 90 V or higher); high-volume series production (consider CNC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 × 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° \/ +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40 (vertical and horizontal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle speed (Vario)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75-600 \/ 2,500-2,000 rpm continuously\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(9) 60 – 1,350 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInverter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDelta-Frequency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravels (X \/ Y \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e590 \/ 175 \/ 320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 – 375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 – 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSwiveling head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds (x)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 32 – 700 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX and Y (with rapid traverse included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDRO included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3-axis with LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 × 1,500 × 2,100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,010 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo UWF 80 E Vario universal milling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 H 3-axis digital display with LCD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelta-Frequency inverter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic feed on X and Y axes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eISO 40\/MT 3 and ISO 40\/B18 adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve MT 3\/2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong milling arbor ISO 40\/27 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal counter support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable guards and horizontal milling cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'Delta-Frequency inverter' mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an inverter (electronic frequency converter) of the Delta brand that supplies the motor with variable frequency, generating continuously adjustable rotational speed. It maintains optimal torque even at low speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAsynchronous motors powered directly by the mains (fixed 50 Hz) generate reduced torque at low speeds. The inverter modulates the frequency, maintaining constant torque: at 5 Hz (1\/10 of the nominal speed), the torque is still 90-100% of the nominal. This feature is crucial for heavy milling at low speeds, a typical situation for hard steels and large tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the 2 ranges 75-600 and 250-2,000 separate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are 2 separate speed ranges, selectable via mechanical gearbox. Within each range, the speed is continuously adjusted via the inverter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual range is a design feature: a single 75-2,000 range would be possible but with compromises on torque at the extremes. The 2 separate ranges (low range for high torque, high range for high speeds) offer optimal performance across the entire range. For most operations, a single range covers the need; changing is only necessary for radical changes in operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the UWF 80 E Vario replace the basic UWF 80 E?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, they are 2 parallel models with different characteristics. The basic UWF 80 E is entry-level with 8 predefined stages; the UWF 80 E Vario is professional with continuous speed. Both remain in the Bernardo catalog for workshops with different needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with standard production on known materials, the basic UWF 80 E is sufficient and more economical. For workshops with needs to optimize cutting parameters (variety of materials, prototypes, precision production), the UWF 80 E Vario justifies the difference. The price difference reflects the inverter, the more powerful motor, and the electrical complexity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow reliable is the Delta-Frequency inverter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelta is one of the leading industrial inverter manufacturers in the world, with recognized reliability in continuous industrial applications. Operating life is typically over 10 years in standard daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInverters are electronic components with a finite lifespan (vs mechanical components of the machine). In case of failure, replacing the inverter is a standard maintenance operation (1-2 hours of intervention). The replacement cost is low compared to the value of the machine. For intensive use, it is recommended to monitor operating conditions (temperature, cleanliness of air intakes) to maximize lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhich range should be used for milling on standard steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard steels (S235, C40) with Ø 10-20 mm tools, the high range 250-2,000 rpm is generally suitable. For large tools (Ø over 50 mm) or hardened steels, the low range 75-600 rpm is more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe optimal cutting speed depends on the tool diameter and material: the formula is V = π × D × n \/ 1,000 (V in m\/min, D in mm, n in rpm). For mild steel with a Ø 12 mm HSS cutter, a typical V is 25-30 m\/min, corresponding to approximately 700-800 rpm. For carbide, the same operation can go up to 60-100 m\/min (1,500-2,500 rpm). Fine continuous adjustment with the inverter allows finding the optimal value.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694423150920,"sku":"02-1212BXL","price":13298.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Fresatrice_universale_UWF_80_E_Vario_con_DRO_3_assi.png?v=1758036200"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrici-uwf-90-1270-serraggio","title":"Bernardo UWF 90-1270 Universal Milling Machine with DRO ES-12 H + pneumatic clamping DIN 2080 – table 1,270 × 280 mm, ISO 40, vertical + horizontal spindles, 1.5+2.2 kW motor, 1,300 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 90-1270 universal milling machine with pneumatic clamping is the full-accessory version of the basic UWF 90-1270, with a 3-axis digital display ES-12 H and a DIN 2080 pneumatic tool clamping system included as standard. This is an industrial machine for mechanical workshops and production departments, featuring an ISO 40 spindle taper, a 1,270 × 280 mm table with 14 mm T-slots, vertical spindle speeds (8) 115-1,750 rpm, horizontal spindle speeds (12) 40-1,300 rpm, a 125 mm spindle stroke, X\/Y\/Z travels of 750\/230\/300 mm, a ±90° tilting head, a ±45° swiveling table, longitudinal feeds (8) 32-700 mm\/min, and a 660 mm\/min Z-axis rapid traverse. The vertical spindle motor is 0.85\/1.5 kW, and the horizontal spindle motor is 2.2 kW. It has a cast iron structure with dovetail guides, a weight of 1,300 kg, and machine dimensions of 1,750 × 1,500 × 2,200 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display ES-12 H:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-axis LCD display with 0.005 mm resolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePneumatic clamping system:\u003c\/strong\u003e DIN 2080 with M16 drawbar for quick tool changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO 40 (vertical and horizontal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,270 × 280 mm with 14 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (8) 115-1,750 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (12) 40-1,300 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eX\/Y\/Z travels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 750\/230\/300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e X and Y axes with rapid traverse, Z-axis positioning motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead tilt:\u003c\/strong\u003e -90° \/ +90°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight and power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,300 kg, vertical motor 0.85\/1.5 kW + horizontal 2.2 kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the UWF 90-1270 with pneumatic clamping and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 90-1270 in its complete configuration with DRO ES-12 H + DIN 2080 pneumatic clamping is the full-option version of the basic UWF 90-1270, sized for mechanical workshops and production departments that require maximum productivity in tool changes and precision in machining. Distinctive features: the 3-axis digital display ES-12 H with 0.005 mm resolution replaces manual vernier readings on graduated scales, significantly reducing setup times and positioning errors. The DIN 2080 pneumatic clamping system with M16 drawbar replaces manual key clamping, reducing tool change time from 30-60 seconds to 5-10 seconds: a crucial feature for series production with frequent tool changes. The machine is equipped with both vertical and horizontal spindles with ISO 40 taper for interchangeable use (standard vertical milling, horizontal milling for long grooves and profile machining). In Krollit customers' workshops, the UWF 90-1270 is chosen by mechanical workshops with repetitive production of unique parts and small series, technical schools and professional training workshops, prototyping departments, and equipment and mold construction workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF universal milling machine range is organized by table size and features: UWF 80 E and UWF 80 E Vario (compact table) for craft workshops; UWF 90 V and UWF 90 V Pneumatico (medium table) for professional workshops; UWF 90-1270, UWF 90-1270 with pneumatic clamping, UWF 95 N, UWF 110, and UWF 150 for industrial workshops with progressively larger machines.\n\nThe UWF 90-1270 configuration with DRO ES-12 H + pneumatic clamping is the complete accessory version of the basic UWF 90-1270: same mechanical characteristics (table, spindles, travels, motors) but with productive accessories included in the standard supply instead of being purchasable separately. The additional cost compared to the basic UWF 90-1270 is justified for workshops with regular production: the DRO ES-12 H and pneumatic clamping are rarely replaced after installation, so including them in the standard supply reduces the total investment cost. For workshops with occasional use, the basic UWF 90-1270 without accessories is significantly more economical, and accessories can be purchased separately when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). With a weight of 1,300 kg, it requires a pallet jack or crane for unloading and handling. Dimensions 1,750 × 1,500 × 2,200 mm: check the workshop ceiling height in advance (the machine is 2,200 mm high). The machine is supplied with an integrated base. ISO 40 milling cutters, milling arbors, milling tools, spare parts for the pneumatic clamping system (seals, pneumatic cylinders), spare parts for the DRO (sensors, cables) original Bernardo are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the UWF 90-1270 with pneumatic clamping is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 1,300 kg requiring a 400V three-phase line. For hobby use, the KF 16 Vario is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with series production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDRO ES-12 H + DIN 2080 pneumatic clamping included: crucial features for productivity in productions with frequent tool changes. Vertical spindle speed 1,750 rpm and horizontal 1,300 rpm for standard machining.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional training laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete configuration with all standard accessories for educational use: students learn the use of modern digital DRO and pneumatic clamping. Robustness for intensive use by multiple operators.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V industrial three-phase line; environments without space for 1,750 × 1,500 × 2,200 mm dimensions and 1,300 kg weight; occasional hobby use (oversized, consider KF 16 Vario or UWF 80 E); applications requiring CNC milling machines (UWF are manual milling machines with automatic feeds, not CNC); workshops without pneumatic power (the pneumatic clamping system requires a compressor with a minimum pressure of 6 bar).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,270 × 280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Y \/ Z travels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750* \/ 230 \/ 300 mm (*manual longitudinal travel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 - 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 - 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° \/ +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindles and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 115 - 1,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 40 - 1,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.08 \/ 0.15 \/ 0.25 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 32 - 700 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis rapid traverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotors and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.85 \/ 1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal spindle motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded accessories (complete configuration)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3-axis with LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamping system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic DIN 2080 with M16 drawbar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,750 × 1,500 × 2,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo UWF 90-1270 universal milling machine with complete configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital display ES-12 H with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIN 2080 pneumatic clamping system with M16 drawbar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic feeds on X and Y axes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZ-axis positioning motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eISO 40 \/ B18 and ISO 40 \/ MT 3 adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve MT 3 \/ 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong milling arbor 27 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal counter-support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable guard and horizontal milling cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the basic UWF 90-1270 and this version with pneumatic clamping?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame mechanical characteristics (table, spindles, travels, motors, weight) but with productive accessories included: the 3-axis DRO ES-12 H replaces manual vernier readings, the DIN 2080 pneumatic clamping system replaces manual key clamping, reducing tool change times from 30-60 seconds to 5-10 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with regular production of small series (over 50 tool changes per day), the additional cost of the complete configuration pays for itself in 6-12 months of use. For workshops with occasional use or infrequent tool changes (under 10 per day), the basic UWF 90-1270 without accessories is more economical, and accessories can be purchased separately only when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the pneumatic clamping system require a compressor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The DIN 2080 pneumatic clamping system requires compressed air with a minimum pressure of 6 bar and adequate flow to activate the drawbar clamping cylinder. For workshops without an existing compressor, a separate industrial compressor must be purchased (typical cost €800-€3,000 for suitable models).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe workshop's network pressure must be stable during clamping operation: pressure drops (caused by simultaneous use of other pneumatic tools) can compromise the drawbar's grip, risking tool damage and injury. For workshops with intensive pneumatic use (painting, sandblasting, screwdrivers), a dedicated compressor for the milling machine or an additional accumulator tank is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat exactly does the 3-axis DRO ES-12 H measure?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures the absolute and relative positions of the X (longitudinal table travel), Y (transversal table travel), and Z (vertical spindle travel) axes with a resolution of 0.005 mm. It replaces manual vernier readings on graduated scales, reducing reading errors and setup times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard DRO functions: absolute vs. relative position (zeroing for workpiece reference), inches vs. mm, integrated calculator, storage of useful positions (typically 100-200 points), repositioning function after interruption. For complex productions with multiple drilling\/milling positions, the DRO reduces setup times by 2-3 times compared to working with manual scales. The 0.005 mm resolution is sufficient for most standard mechanical machining; for higher precision machining (below 0.01 mm), a grinding machine or a CNC milling machine is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine a CNC milling machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The UWF 90-1270 is a manual milling machine with automatic feeds on the X and Y axes and a positioning motor on the Z-axis. The DRO ES-12 H is a measuring tool, not a numerical control: the operator manually performs movements following a machining cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor CNC milling (automatic execution of G-code programs), dedicated milling machines with numerical control (Siemens, Fanuc, Heidenhain) are required, and their cost is significantly higher (typically €50,000-€200,000 for industrial models). The UWF 90-1270 with DRO offers an intermediate level: the DRO accelerates manual machining, but the operator must be present. For workshops with production of unique parts or small series with complex cycles, this level is correctly sized; for high volume production, a CNC milling machine is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the vertical and horizontal spindles be used simultaneously?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The spindles are alternative: the operator configures the machine for vertical machining (tool in vertical spindle, horizontal spindle stopped) or horizontal machining (tool in horizontal spindle, vertical spindle stopped). Changing the configuration typically takes 5-15 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe use of the horizontal spindle is typical for long grooves (on the surface of large workpieces) and for profile machining that requires disc cutters. The horizontal spindle speed is lower (1,300 vs. 1,750 rpm) but the torque is higher: correctly sized for large diameter disc cutters that require high torque. For workshops specializing in standard vertical milling, the horizontal spindle is rarely used; for workshops with a variety of machining operations, the availability of both is an essential feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694433177928,"sku":"02-1228XL0","price":16599.56,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Fresatrice_universale_Bernardo_UWF_90-1270_con_3_assi_digitali_e_serraggio_pneumatico.png?v=1758034680"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrici-uwf-90-1270","title":"Bernardo UWF 90-1270 Universal Milling Machine – ISO 40, dual spindle, 1,270×280 mm table, 0.85\/1.5 kW vertical motor, 3-axis DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 90-1270 universal milling machine offers ISO 40 vertical and horizontal spindles, 8-stage vertical speeds of 115-1,750 rpm and 12-stage horizontal speeds of 40-1,300 rpm, a 1,270×280 mm table with 14 mm T-slots, a swiveling head (-90°\/+90°), a tilting table (±45°), travels of 750\/230\/300 mm (manual X), automatic X and Y feeds with rapid traverse, a Z-axis positioning motor (rapid 660 mm\/min), vertical motor 0.85\/1.5 kW + horizontal motor 2.2 kW, and a heavy cast iron structure with adjustable dovetail guides. ES-12 H 3-axis DRO included. Weight 1,300 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical and horizontal ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 stages: 115 – 1,750 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 stages: 40 – 1,300 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,270 × 280 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravels (X \/ Y \/ Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 750 (man.) \/ 230 \/ 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.85\/1.5 kW vertical + 2.2 kW horizontal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-axis DRO:\u003c\/strong\u003e ES-12 H included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the UWF 90-1270 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 90-1270 is the entry-level to mid-range universal milling machine in the UWF family with a 1,270 mm table, sized for workshops with medium to large part production needs but with limited power on the vertical spindle. A distinctive feature compared to the UWF 90 V: 0.85\/1.5 kW vertical motor (vs 2.2 kW on the 90 V), sized for light to medium machining. The horizontal motor remains at 2.2 kW: typical horizontal milling (with large cutters) requires more power than vertical milling. The vertical spindle speeds of 115-1,750 rpm (vs 90-2,000 on the 90 V) are slightly different: the range is shifted downwards, suitable for less aggressive tools. All other mechanical characteristics are identical to the UWF 90 V: 1,270×280 mm table, 750\/230\/300 travels, dual spindle, DRO included, 1,300 kg heavy cast iron structure. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by general mechanical workshops with medium-large part production but limited power requirements, professional artisan workshops, and workshops that primarily work on standard materials without requiring high power on the vertical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UWF 90-1270 is the 'economical' version of the UWF family with a 1,270 mm table. Alongside it: UWF 90 V (2.2 kW vertical motor for more demanding machining); UWF 90-1270 with pneumatic clamping (Row 17 of the catalog, version with quick tool change). Difference between UWF 90-1270 vs UWF 90 V: the vertical motor is the key difference. For workshops with standard machining on mild steel, aluminum, brass, the UWF 90-1270 is correctly sized with a lower cost. For regular machining on harder steels or large tools that require significant power on the vertical, the UWF 90 V with 2.2 kW is correctly sized. For smaller parts with reduced vertical motor, consider the UWF 80 E (1,000×240 table, 0.85\/1.5 kW vertical motor). For larger parts, move up to the UWF 95 N (1,600×360 mm table, 2,200 kg weight) or UWF 150 (1,650×360 table, ISO 50).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). With 1,300 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 1,750 × 1,500 × 2,200 mm. ISO 40 adapters, milling cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the UWF 90-1270 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 1,300 kg and requiring 400V three-phase power. Exclusively for professional applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with light-medium machining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable size 1,270×280 mm and travels 750\/230\/300 mm handle medium-large parts. Vertical motor 0.85\/1.5 kW sized for standard machining on mild steel and alloys.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional artisan workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete UWF features (dual spindle, DRO included, 1,300 kg structure) at a lower price compared to the UWF 90 V. Suitable for limited budgets without compromising on geometry.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e regular machining on hard steels or large tools that require power on the vertical (the UWF 90 V with a 2.2 kW motor is correctly sized); series production with frequent tool changes (the UWF 90-1270 with pneumatic clamping is faster); production of larger parts (UWF 95 N or UWF 150).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,270 × 280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40 (vertical and horizontal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 115 – 1,750 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 40 – 1,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and capacities\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTravels (X \/ Y \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 (manual) \/ 230 \/ 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 – 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle to column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 – 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSwiveling head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 32 – 700 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid Z-axis feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis positioning motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.85 \/ 1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDRO included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3-axis with LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,750 × 1,500 × 2,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo UWF 90-1270 universal milling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 H 3-axis digital readout with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic feeds on X and Y axes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZ-axis positioning motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eISO 40\/B18, ISO 40\/MT 3 adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve MT 3\/2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong 27 mm milling arbor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal counter support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable protective device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover for horizontal milling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the key difference from the UWF 90 V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly the vertical motor: UWF 90-1270 has 0.85\/1.5 kW, UWF 90 V has 2.2 kW. Same table (1,270×280 mm), same travels, same horizontal motor (2.2 kW), same DRO included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with standard machining on medium materials (mild steels, aluminum, brass), the 0.85\/1.5 kW motor is sufficient. For regular machining on harder steels (S355, hardened steels) or for large tools (over Ø 50 mm), the UWF 90 V with 2.2 kW is correctly sized. The price difference reflects the motor difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the dual power 0.85\/1.5 kW mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a dual-speed motor: at low speeds (delta connection) it delivers 0.85 kW; at high speeds (star connection) it delivers 1.5 kW. A constructive feature of 2-speed asynchronous motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2-speed motors are a simple and reliable solution to provide more power at high speeds (where needed) and less power at low speeds (where natural torque is already sufficient). The switching between the 2 powers is automatic in the spindle speed range change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I machine hardened steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened steel, light machining yes, heavy machining no. The 1.5 kW vertical motor at most handles cutters up to Ø 16-20 mm on hardened steels with small material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor regular machining on hardened steels with medium-large tools, the UWF 90 V with a 2.2 kW motor is recommended, or, for series production on hard steels, the UWF 95 N (2.2 kW vertical motor + 2,200 kg structure for superior stability). The UWF 90-1270 is optimized for standard general workshop machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre vertical speeds of 115-1,750 rpm limiting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most standard machining, no. For milling aluminum or light alloys with small tools (Ø under 8 mm), speeds higher than 1,750 rpm may be needed: in that case, the UWF 90 V (90-2,000) or the UWF 80 E Vario with inverter are more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptimal cutting speed depends on the tool and material. For standard steels with Ø 10-30 mm cutters, typical speeds are 200-1,500 rpm, well covered by the UWF 90-1270 range. For finishing on aluminum with small cutters, speeds can go up to 3,000-5,000 rpm: in that case, consider the UWF 80 E Vario with inverter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the Z-positioning motor also included in this version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Z-positioning motor is a standard feature of the entire UWF 90-1270 and UWF 90 V family. Rapid feed 660 mm\/min on the Z-axis regardless of the vertical machining motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Z-positioning motor is separate from the vertical machining motor: it is used exclusively for rapid head movements between machining operations. It is an ergonomic element that reduces operator fatigue. On entry-level milling machines from other brands, it is often absent or available as an optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694442910024,"sku":"02-1227XL0","price":14884.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Fresatrice_universale_UWF_90-1270_con_DRO_3_assi.png?v=1758033393"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrici-uwf-90v","title":"Bernardo UWF 90 V Universal Milling Machine with pneumatic clamping DIN 2080 – ISO 40, double spindle, table 1,270×280 mm, 3-axis DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 90 V universal milling machine with pneumatic clamping offers ISO 40 vertical and horizontal spindles, 8 vertical speed stages 90-2,000 rpm and 12 horizontal speed stages 40-1,300 rpm, a DIN 2080 pneumatic tool clamping system for quick changes, a 1,270×280 mm table inclinable ±45° with 14 mm T-slots, a swiveling head -90°\/+90°, travels of 750 (manual)\/230\/300 mm, automatic X and Y feeds with a Z positioning motor (rapid 660 mm\/min), automatic spindle feed (0.08\/0.15\/0.25 mm\/rev), 2.2 kW vertical + 2.2 kW horizontal motors, and a grey cast iron structure. ES-12 H 3-axis DRO included. Weight 1,310 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical and horizontal ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pneumatic DIN 2080 for quick change\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 stages: 90 – 2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 stages: 40 – 1,300 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,270 × 280 mm inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW vertical + 2.2 kW horizontal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-axis DRO:\u003c\/strong\u003e ES-12 H included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the UWF 90 V with DIN 2080 pneumatic clamping and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 90 V with pneumatic clamping is the superior professional version of the basic UWF 90 V, distinguishable by the included DIN 2080 pneumatic tool clamping system. Key feature: pneumatic clamping allows tool change in 5-10 seconds (vs 30-60 seconds for standard manual clamping). For workshops with series production or operations requiring frequent tool changes, the time saving is significant: a typical operation with 5-10 tool changes can reduce downtime by 5-10 minutes per piece. The basic mechanical characteristics are identical to the UWF 90 V (1,270×280 mm table, double ISO 40 spindle, 2.2+2.2 kW motors, DRO included): the difference is exclusively in the tool clamping system. DIN 2080 is the international standard for ISO 40 pneumatic clamping: compatible commercial tools are widely available. Among Krollit's customer workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops with series production, CNC laboratories using manual milling machines for quick setups, and professional workshops that value operational efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UWF 90 V with pneumatic clamping is the quick tool change version of the basic UWF 90 V. Key difference: same mechanical machine, but DIN 2080 pneumatic clamping (vs traditional manual clamping). For workshops with standard production and low tool change frequency, the basic UWF 90 V is sufficient at a lower cost. For workshops that frequently change tools (multi-step on a single piece, series production, mixed operations), the pneumatic clamping version repays the difference with saved downtime. The same pneumatic clamping system is available on the UWF 90-1270 (version with less powerful vertical motor) and on the UWF 95 N (top mid-range). For growing workshops, the pneumatic version is strategically preferable: the higher initial investment quickly pays for itself with intensive use. For a contained immediate investment, the manual version is adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 1,310 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 1,750 × 1,500 × 2,200 mm. Compressed air supply is necessary for the pneumatic clamping system. ISO 40 DIN 2080 adapters, cutters, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the UWF 90 V with DIN 2080 pneumatic clamping for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot indicated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional industrial machine with pneumatic system. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with series production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 2080 pneumatic clamping reduces tool change times by 4-6x. For multi-step operations on serial parts, the saving is significant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with mixed operations \/ frequent tool changes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor operations requiring multiple milling steps on a single piece (roughing, finishing, boring, drilling), quick tool change is a decisive feature.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without compressed air supply (the pneumatic system is mandatory); workshops with standard production and low tool turnover (the basic UWF 90 V is correctly sized at a lower cost); operations that require only low power (the UWF 90-1270 with a less powerful motor is more economical).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,270 × 280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° \/ +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40 (vertical and horizontal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool clamping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic DIN 2080\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 90 – 2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 40 – 1,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.08 \/ 0.15 \/ 0.25 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and capacities\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (x)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 – 740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 – 425 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSwiveling head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds (x)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 32 – 700 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis rapid feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ positioning motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical power supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic power supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompressed air required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDRO included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3-axis with LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,750 × 1,500 × 2,200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,310 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo UWF 90 V universal milling machine with pneumatic clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 H 3-axis digital display with LCD screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePneumatic tool clamping system (DIN 2080)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal counter support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eISO 40\/B18, ISO 40\/MT 3 adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse Taper sleeve MT 3 \/ 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong milling arbors ISO 40\/27 mm and ISO 40\/32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal milling cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable protective device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat does 'DIN 2080' mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDIN 2080 is the German standard that defines the characteristics of the ISO 40 taper for pneumatic\/hydraulic clamping. It defines drawbar dimensions, taper geometry, and clamping system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDIN 2080 is the most common standard for manual milling machines with quick clamping. Tools to this standard are widely available from industrial suppliers. Not to be confused with DIN 69871 (standard for CNC with a different drawbar). For workshops with existing tools, it is important to check the standard before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs compressed air needed continuously or only for tool changes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly for tool changes (a few seconds). Between changes, air is not necessary. The tool clamping is mechanical (spring-loaded), air is only used to release the taper and insert a new one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with an existing compressor, integration is simple: 6-8 bar pressure and a standard connection are sufficient. For workshops without compressed air, a compressor needs to be installed (even a small 50-liter one is sufficient for intermittent use). Air consumption is limited: each tool change uses approximately 5-10 liters of air at 6 bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much time is really saved with pneumatic clamping?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor each tool change: 5-10 seconds vs 30-60 seconds for manual clamping. For an operation with 5 tool changes: 2-4 minutes saved per piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor series production, the calculation multiplies by the number of pieces. Example: 50 pieces per day × 3 minutes saved = 150 minutes = 2.5 hours per day. For a workshop with one operator, the increase in productivity is significant. For occasional use, the saving is marginal, and the manual version is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use standard manual tools on the UWF 90 V with pneumatic clamping?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The pneumatic system requires a specific DIN 2080 drawbar, different from the standard M16 drawbar of manual milling machines. Tools with a DIN 2080 drawbar are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops migrating from a manual milling machine to a pneumatic version, it is necessary to replace or upgrade the tool park. Adapters are available but reduce some of the benefits of quick change. For optimal investment, it is recommended to plan the purchase of DIN 2080 tools concurrently with the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the price difference really pay off?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with regular production, yes, typically in 6-18 months. For occasional use, the calculation does not add up: the manual version is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe return on investment calculation depends on the frequency of tool changes and the value of operator time. For workshops with series production and specialized operators, the return is quick. For artisan workshops with single-piece production and occasional tool changes, the manual version offers a better investment-use ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694454051144,"sku":"02-1231XL","price":17148.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Fresatrice_universale_UWF_90_V_con_DRO_3_assi_e_serraggio_pneumatico.jpg?v=1758032087"},{"product_id":"bernardo-fresatrici-uwf-95n","title":"Bernardo UWF 95 N Universal Milling Machine – ISO 40, pneumatic clamping DIN 2080, table 1,600×360 mm, motors 2.2+2.2 kW, 3-axis DRO, weight 2,200 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 95 N universal milling machine offers ISO 40 vertical and horizontal spindles with pneumatic clamping DIN 2080, vertical speeds of 8 stages 90-2,000 rpm and horizontal speeds of 12 stages 40-1,300 rpm, a 1,600×360 mm table with 14 mm T-slots, travels of 1,300\/300\/400 mm, automatic feeds on all axes (8 stages), rapid feeds of 1,290\/1,208\/513 mm\/min (X\/Y\/Z), spindle feed of 0.08\/0.15\/0.25 mm\/rev, a ±90° swiveling head, a ±45° tilting table, 2.2 kW vertical + 2.2 kW horizontal motors, and a heavy 2,200 kg cast iron structure with rectangular guides. ES-12 H 3-axis DRO included. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vertical and horizontal ISO 40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool clamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pneumatic DIN 2080\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,600 × 360 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTravels (X \/ Y \/ Z):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,300 \/ 300 \/ 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e On all 3 axes (8 stages)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW vertical + 2.2 kW horizontal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,200 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the UWF 95 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo UWF 95 N is the high-end universal milling machine in the UWF family, sized for professional workshops with production on large workpieces and intensive cycles. A dimensional leap compared to the UWF 90 V: 1,600×360 mm table (vs 1,270×280), 1,300 mm X-travel (vs 750), 2,200 kg weight (vs 1,310 kg). Distinctive professional features: DIN 2080 pneumatic clamping included (quick tool change), automatic feeds on ALL axes (X, Y, and Z, vs only X and Y on UWF 90 models), rectangular guides (vs dovetail guides on lower models). Rectangular guides have a larger contact surface: they provide superior rigidity and precision under load, a crucial feature for precision machining on large and heavy workpieces. Rapid feeds of 1,290\/1,208\/513 mm\/min (X\/Y\/Z) are significantly faster than lower UWF models: they reduce downtime between operations. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops with regular production on large parts, metal fabrication shops with mechanical processing, and laboratories requiring precision production on voluminous parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UWF 95 N is the top of Bernardo's mid-range UWF. Below it: UWF 90 V and UWF 90-1270 (1,270×280 table, 1,310 kg weight). Above it: UWF 110 (360° universal head, exclusive feature, but smaller table 1,120×260 mm); UWF 150 (absolute top of the range: ISO 50, 4 kW motors, 1,650×360 mm table, 2,250 kg weight). Difference between UWF 95 N vs UWF 110: the 95 N has a larger table (1,600×360 vs 1,120×260) and a classic vertical+horizontal double spindle; the UWF 110 has a smaller table but a 360° universal head (single spindle with full orientation). For production on standard large workpieces, the UWF 95 N is correctly sized; for machining with complex angles on medium workpieces, the UWF 110 is more flexible. Difference between UWF 95 N vs UWF 150: the 150 has ISO 50 taper (larger and more powerful tools), 4 kW motors (vs 2.2), similar weight (2,250 vs 2,200 kg). For heavy industrial workshops, the UWF 150 is top of the range; for standard professional workshops, the UWF 95 N covers the vast majority of needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). At 2,200 kg, it requires an adequate capacity crane and properly dimensioned industrial flooring. Dimensions 2,300 × 1,960 × 2,400 mm: verify access to the workshop. Compressed air supply is required for the pneumatic clamping system. ISO 40 DIN 2080 adapters, milling cutters, accessories, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the UWF 95 N is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-end industrial machine weighing 2,200 kg. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop with large parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600×360 mm table and 1,300\/300\/400 mm travels handle parts that UWF 90 models cannot accommodate. Automatic feeds on all 3 axes and rectangular guides for precision production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabrication shop with mechanical processing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor production on mechanical components in fabrication. Pneumatic clamping DIN 2080 and rapid feeds (1,290\/1,208\/513 mm\/min) optimize serial production cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops with parts within 750 mm in X (UWF 90 V or 90-1270 are correctly sized with significantly lower cost); heavy industrial production requiring ISO 50 (UWF 150 is top of the range); applications requiring a 360° universal head (UWF 110 is correctly sized); workshops without industrial flooring or without industrial 400V three-phase power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,600 × 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindles\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 40 (vertical and horizontal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool clamping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic DIN 2080\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 90 – 2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 40 – 1,300 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.08 \/ 0.15 \/ 0.25 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and capacities\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross travel (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical travel (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 – 770 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 – 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSwiveling head\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° to +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds (X)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 22 – 420 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feeds (Y)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 22 – 393 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical feeds (Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(8) 6 – 112 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X\/Y\/Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,290 \/ 1,208 \/ 513 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompressed air required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDRO included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 H 3-axis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangular (on all axes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy gray cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,300 × 1,960 × 2,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo UWF 95 N universal milling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 H 3-axis digital display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawbar M16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePneumatic tool clamping system (DIN 2080)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal counter support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong milling arbor ISO 40\/27 mm and ISO 40\/40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdapters ISO 40\/MT 4, ISO 40\/MT 3, ISO 40\/MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal milling cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat do 'rectangular guides' mean compared to 'dovetail guides'?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRectangular guides have a square-rectangular cross-section with larger and more rigid contact surfaces compared to dovetail guides (trapezoidal cross-section). For large and heavy workpieces, the rigidity of rectangular guides is crucial for precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDovetail guides are an economical traditional solution suitable for entry- to mid-range milling machines. Rectangular guides are a construction feature of high-end industrial milling machines. Under load, rectangular guides maintain alignment better than dovetail guides: this characteristic becomes critical with large tables and heavy workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre automatic Z-axis feeds really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precision production on operations requiring Z-axis milling (e.g., facing on vertical surfaces), yes. Without automatic Z-axis feed, the operator must manually manage the feed, reducing quality and repeatability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn UWF 90 V and 90-1270 models, automatic feed is limited to X and Y. The UWF 95 N also includes automatic feed on Z (8 stages 6-112 mm\/min). For large workpiece machining requiring milling in multiple directions, automatic Z-axis feed is an essential feature for precision production.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of parts does the 1,300 mm X-travel cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium-large industrial parts: long profiles, molds, machine bases, machine components. The 1,300 mm travel allows complete machining on parts that would require multiple repositionings on smaller milling machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical examples: die-casting molds 800-1,200 mm, industrial machine bases, machinery profiles. The 1,600×360 mm table with 1,300 mm X-travel handles parts without the need for repositioning, maintaining constant precision. For larger parts, consider the UWF 150 (1,350 mm X-travel with a 1,650×360 mm table).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum table load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1,600×360 mm table with 14 mm T-slots handles standard heavy parts up to approximately 800-1,200 kg for precision machining, depending on clamping and workpiece geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum load capacity depends on the rigidity of the clamping (14 mm T-slots are dimensioned for industrial clamping) and the weight distribution on the table. For irregularly shaped parts or off-center clamping, the effective capacity decreases. The UWF 95 N's overall 2,200 kg structure is dimensioned for heavy industrial parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much do the 2.2 + 2.2 kW motors consume in production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly one spindle operates at a time. The active motor (vertical or horizontal) typically consumes 2.2-2.5 kWh per actual hour at full load. In production with a 50-60% duty cycle, the average consumption is 1.2-1.5 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with significant electricity costs, the overall electrical investment is manageable by standard industrial meters. The Z-axis positioning motor (separate) has negligible consumption. The coolant pump and LED lamp have marginal consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694466175304,"sku":"02-1246XL","price":24920.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Fresatrice_universale_UWF_95_N_con_DRO_3_assi_e_serraggio_pneumatico.jpg?v=1758030541"},{"product_id":"fresatrici-bernardo-kf-16-vario","title":"Bernardo KF 16 Vario Mill-Drill with 3-axis DRO DT 40 – drilling Ø 16 mm, face mill Ø 50 mm, table 400 × 120 mm, tilting head -90°\/+90°, 0.5 kW motor, 230V single-phase, weight 60 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 16 Vario drill-mill is a compact semi-professional machine with a DT 40 3-axis digital display included as standard. It offers drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 16 mm, face milling up to Ø 50 mm, and end milling up to Ø 20 mm. Table 400 × 120 mm with 10 mm T-slots, X\/Y travel 220\/120 mm, quill travel 50 mm, max spindle-to-table distance 275 mm, head height adjustment 200 mm, inclinable head -90° \/ +90°, spindle speed 50-1,125 \/ 100-2,250 rpm (2 ranges), spindle taper MK 2. Motor 0.50 kW (S1) - 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase. Machine dimensions 530 × 490 × 820 mm, weight approx. 60 kg (without base). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDT 40 Digital Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-axis included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Drilling Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 16 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax Face Milling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax End Milling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 × 120 mm with 10 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eX \/ Y Travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220 \/ 120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-1,125 \/ 100-2,250 rpm (2 ranges)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MK 2 (Morse 2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTilting Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e -90° \/ +90°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.50 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase, weight 60 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KF 16 Vario and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KF 16 Vario is a compact semi-professional drill-mill sized for craft workshops, technical schools, educational labs, and advanced metal hobbyists. Key design feature: the machine combines two functions (drilling + milling) in a single compact unit weighing 60 kg, powered by 230V single-phase compatible with any domestic outlet. The DT 40 3-axis digital display included as standard replaces manual vernier readings, reducing positioning errors and setup times. The tilting head from -90° to +90° allows for angular machining (chamfers, angled grooves, inclined holes). The 2 speed ranges (50-1,125 \/ 100-2,250 rpm) cover most standard operations: low range for drilling hard metals and milling large workpieces, high range for fast drilling and milling small workpieces. The MK 2 (Morse 2) taper is standard for common drilling and milling tools. In Krollit customer labs, the KF 16 Vario is chosen by advanced metal hobbyists with home workshops, technical schools and educational labs for initial learning, craft workshops with mixed drilling+milling needs, and prototyping labs for small parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill-mill range is organized by machine size and capacity: KF 16 Vario (compact, Ø 16 mm drilling, 60 kg weight) for semi-professional use; KF 25 Vario, FM 30, FM 55 and above for professional use with progressively higher capacities and 400V three-phase line. The KF 16 Vario is the entry-level model in its category: it combines drilling and milling in a single compact unit, sized for small parts (up to approximately 200 × 100 mm) and for non-intensive use. For daily professional use, separate machines (dedicated drill press + dedicated milling machine) or larger drill-mills (KF 25, FM 30) are correctly sized. The main advantage of the KF 16 Vario is its accessible price and 230V single-phase power, which allows installation in any home workshop or small workshop without the need for industrial electrical upgrades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). With a weight of 60 kg, it requires two people for unloading and handling. The machine is supplied WITHOUT a base: for positioning, a sturdy workbench or a dedicated base (purchased separately) is recommended. HSS drill bits, MK 2 milling chucks, clamping rings, 1-13 mm geared drill chucks, DT 40 DRO spare parts, and original Bernardo accessories available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KF 16 Vario for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSemi-professional 230V single-phase machine for home workshop. 3-axis DRO included, adequate capacity for most hobby projects.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ educational lab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine suitable for initial learning of drilling and milling. Digital DRO for modern teaching, 230V power compatible with school labs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraft workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCombines drill and milling machine in a single compact unit, affordable price compared to separate machines. For daily professional use, consider higher models (KF 25 or FM 30).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e intensive daily professional use (0.50 kW S1 motor is limiting; for continuous use, industrial machines with 1.5+ kW motors and 400V three-phase are correctly sized); drilling steel beyond Ø 16 mm or milling large workpieces (the machine is sized for small parts); workshops requiring precision higher than 0.01 mm (the rigidity of the compact structure limits absolute precision); applications requiring programmed CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax face milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax end milling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Movements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Y travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 \/ 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilting head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and Speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (low range)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 - 1,125 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (high range)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 - 2,250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2 (Morse 2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital Display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDRO Model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDT 40 3-axis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInclusion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard in supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS1 100% Motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS6 40% Motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEMC Filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE compliant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 × 490 × 820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNote\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied without base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KF 16 Vario drill-mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDT 40 3-axis digital display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM10 clamping arbor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMK 2 \/ B16 drill chuck arbor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-13 mm geared drill chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE compliant EMC filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService wrenches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between KF 16 Vario and higher models (KF 25, FM 30)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF 16 Vario is entry-level: 0.50 kW motor, 230V single-phase power, Ø 16 mm drilling capacity, 60 kg weight. Higher models (KF 25, FM 30) have 1.5-2.2 kW motors, 400V three-phase power, higher drilling capacity (Ø 25-30 mm), 150-300 kg weight, more rigid structure for daily professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the correct choice: for occasional or hobby use, the KF 16 Vario is correctly sized; for daily professional use (over 4 hours a day), higher models are correctly sized. Significant price difference (KF 16 Vario approximately €1,000-€1,500; KF 25 \/ FM 30 approximately €3,000-€6,000): the additional investment is justified for professional workshops with daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I mill and drill in the same work cycle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that is the main advantage of the drill-mill. The machine allows you to drill a workpiece (positioning hole), then mill the same area (e.g., enlarge the hole to a rectangular pocket), then drill new points (for workpiece clamping) without moving the workpiece from the table. This significantly reduces time compared to using 2 separate machines (drill press + milling machine).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo switch between drilling and milling: remove the tool from the MK 2 spindle (with a suitable drift key), insert the new tool (drill bit for drilling, end mill or face mill for milling), adjust the spindle speed according to the new tool. Typical tool change time: 1-3 minutes. For productions with frequent changes, it is recommended to prepare the necessary tools in advance on a trolley next to the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DT 40 DRO have the same functions as a professional DRO?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the basic functions. The DT 40 measures X, Y, Z positions with 0.005 mm resolution and includes standard functions: absolute vs relative position (zeroing), inches vs mm, integrated calculator, storage of useful points. Advanced functions (PCD - automatic calculation of holes on a circumference, arc calculation) are present in higher DRO models (e.g., ES-12 H of the UWF 90-1270).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most standard operations of a KF 16 Vario, the DT 40 is sufficient. For complex operations with geometric calculations (holes on a circle, holes on a grid with uniform spacing), a higher DRO significantly simplifies the work, but can be replaced by manual pre-machining calculations and position tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to buy a separate base?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you want to install the machine on the floor. The KF 16 Vario is supplied WITHOUT a base: it is typically installed on a sturdy workbench (80+ kg capacity) or on a dedicated base purchased separately. The dedicated Bernardo base for KF 16 is available in the accessories catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlternatively, many users install the KF 16 Vario on existing workbenches (e.g., WB 2000 Hobby or WB 2100 Profi from the Bernardo range). Important: the workbench must be stable and level, with the possibility of fixing the machine using bolts in the designated base holes. For intensive use, a dedicated base is recommended for greater stability during machining operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I also machine aluminum or only steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KF 16 Vario is primarily designed for steel, but it is completely suitable for aluminum, brass, copper alloys, light alloys, engineering plastics, hard wood. For each material, specific spindle speeds and tool types are recommended: high speeds for aluminum (1,500-2,250 rpm) with specific 2-flute cutters, medium speeds for brass (800-1,500 rpm), low speeds for steel (200-800 rpm depending on hardness).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor aluminum machining, the use of coolant-lubricant (e.g., WD-40, specific oils for aluminum) is recommended: aluminum tends to stick to the tool, causing poor finish; the lubricant minimizes this problem. For stainless steel, neat cutting oil (not oil-water emulsion) is recommended for a better finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694605209928,"sku":"02-1019A","price":1622.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_Fresatrice_Bernardo_KF_16_Vario_3_assi_con_display_digitale.png?v=1757359183"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-kbm-25","title":"Bernardo KBM 25 fixed column drill – steel drilling Ø 25 mm, threading M16, taper MT 3, 2.2 kW three-phase motor, torque 160 Nm, weight 950 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 25 fixed column drilling machine is the compact model in the KBM range for medium-capacity mechanical workshops, with drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 25 mm and threading up to M16 with automatic reversal. Technical characteristics: MT 3 Morse taper, 9 spindle speeds 50-2,000 rpm (stepped), automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev, 2.2 kW motor with 160 Nm torque, 9,000 N feed force. 550 × 400 mm cast iron table with 14 mm T-slots, 300 mm table lift, 280 mm spindle-column distance, max 710 mm spindle-table distance. Cast iron structure, 950 kg weight, 700 × 960 × 2,340 mm machine dimensions. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreading capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M16 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 speeds 50-2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 550 × 400 mm with 14 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 25 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 25 is an industrial fixed column drilling machine sized for mechanical workshops and industrial production with drilling in steel up to Ø 25 mm and threading up to M16. Key structural feature: the massive cast iron structure (950 kg weight) with adjustable dovetail guides offers stability for precision drilling. The 2.2 kW motor with 160 Nm torque and 9,000 N feed force develops the necessary power for through drilling on mild structural steel, medium alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), cast iron, aluminum and light alloys. The automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) allows automated execution of long drills (over 50 mm deep) without operator fatigue. The threading device with automatic reversal allows M16 threading without the need to manually stop the spindle: the motor rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached. In Krollit customer workshops, KBM 25 and KBM 32 drilling machines are chosen by mechanical workshops with serial production of medium-sized parts, technical schools and professional training workshops, industrial maintenance workshops for component repairs, and metal structural works for assembly holes on welded structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drilling machine range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for craft workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 25 and KBM 32 are the most compact models in the KBM range, sharing the frame (550×400 mm table, 950 kg weight) and motor (2.2 kW, 160 Nm torque). Differences: the KBM 25 has max drilling Ø 25 mm with MT 3 taper and M16 threading; the KBM 32 has drilling Ø 32 mm with MT 4 taper and M22 threading. For workshops with prevalent use of tools Ø under 25 mm, the KBM 25 is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price; for workshops with tools up to Ø 32 mm, the KBM 32 is correctly sized with the same structure but a larger taper. For higher capacities (Ø 40 mm), the KBM 40\/50 models (medium category with 3-4 kW motor and 350 Nm torque) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Due to significant weight, a pallet truck or crane is required for unloading and handling. HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, gaskets, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the KBM 25 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 950 kg with 400V three-phase line required. For occasional use, bench drills DMT 20 or column drills BM\/TB are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with drilling up to Ø 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3 taper sized for tools Ø under 25 mm. 9-range automatic feed for productivity on multiple drills. M16 threading with automatic reversal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional training workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobust machine for use by multiple students, cast iron structure with dovetail guides. Spindle speed 50-2,000 rpm covers most teaching materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase industrial line with adequate section; environments without space for machine dimensions (700 × 960 × 2,340 mm); high-precision concentric drilling (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobby use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB drills from the bench range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 speeds 50-2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 960 × 2,340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 25 drilling machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between an MT 3 taper and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 3 Morse taper is sized for tools with a diameter up to Ø 25 mm. For tools with a larger diameter, a larger Morse taper is required (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard that defines the conical coupling between the spindle and the tool: the taper is designed for self-clamping during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers, and reduced taper sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional self-tightening chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant and adjustable speed depending on the material, eliminating the operator's physical effort on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow machining and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For serial production, automatic feed allows the execution of multiple identical drills without manual intervention: a decisive feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M16 threading require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included in the standard equipment. The threading device with automatic reversal allows M16 threading without the need to manually stop the spindle: the direction of rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard threading procedure: mounting the tap in the MT tap holder sleeve, adjusting the depth stop, positioning the workpiece on the table with threading lubricating oil. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, when the depth is reached the direction automatically reverses, withdrawing the tap. Specific oil for threading on steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed column drills have belt drive with typical industrial standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision boring, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear transmission offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply is needed for this machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section for the 2.2 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² over 30 meters. Dedicated 16A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical adaptation is necessary (typical cost €500-1,500 for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (€200-500). Pre-purchase verification recommended: contact a qualified electrician to check the availability of power on the existing meter and the cross-sections of the current cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696546353480,"sku":"01-1340XL","price":9028.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_25_compatto_e_robusto.png?v=1758028868"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-kbm-32","title":"Bernardo KBM 32 Fixed Column Drill – steel drilling Ø 32 mm, M22 thread, MT 4 taper, 2.2 kW three-phase motor, 160 Nm torque, 950 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 32 fixed column drill is the compact model in the KBM range with an MT 4 taper for tools up to Ø 32 mm, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 32 mm and threading up to M22 with automatic reversal. Technical specifications: Morse taper MT 4, 9 spindle speeds 50-2,000 rpm (stepped), automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev, 2.2 kW motor with 160 Nm torque, feed force 9,000 N. Cast iron table 550 × 400 mm with 14 mm T-slots, table lift 300 mm, spindle-column distance 280 mm, max spindle-table distance 680 mm. Cast iron structure, weight 950 kg, machine dimensions 700 × 960 × 2,340 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreading capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M22 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 speeds 50-2,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 550 × 400 mm with 14 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 kW at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 950 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 32 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 32 is an industrial fixed column drill sized for mechanical workshops and industrial production with drilling in steel up to Ø 32 mm and threading up to M22. Key design feature: the massive cast iron structure (weight 950 kg) with adjustable dovetail guides offers stability for precision drilling. The 2.2 kW motor with 160 Nm torque and 9,000 N feed force develops the necessary power for through-drilling on mild structural steel, medium alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), cast iron, aluminum and light alloys. The automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) allows automated execution of long holes (over 50 mm deep) without operator fatigue. The threading device with automatic reversal allows M22 threading without the need for manual spindle stop: the motor rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached. In Krollit customer laboratories, KBM 25 and KBM 32 drills are chosen by mechanical workshops with series production of medium-sized parts, technical schools and professional training laboratories, industrial maintenance workshops for component repairs, metal structural workshops for assembly holes on welded structures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for craft workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 25 and KBM 32 are the most compact models in the KBM range, sharing the frame (table 550×400 mm, weight 950 kg) and motor (2.2 kW, 160 Nm torque). Differences: the KBM 25 has a max drilling capacity of Ø 25 mm with MT 3 taper and M16 threading; the KBM 32 has a drilling capacity of Ø 32 mm with MT 4 taper and M22 threading. For workshops primarily using tools below Ø 25 mm, the KBM 25 is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price; for workshops with tools up to Ø 32 mm, the KBM 32 is correctly sized with the same structure but a larger taper. For higher capacities (Ø 40 mm), the KBM 40\/50 models (medium category with 3-4 kW motor and 350 Nm torque) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Due to significant weight, a pallet truck or crane is required for unloading and handling. HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, gaskets, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KBM 32 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 950 kg requiring a 400V three-phase line. For occasional use, DMT 20 bench drills or BM\/TB column drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with drilling up to Ø 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4 taper sized for tools up to Ø 32 mm. Automatic feed 9 ranges for productivity on multiple holes. M22 threading with automatic reversal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional training laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobust machine for use by multiple students, cast iron structure with dovetail guides. Spindle speed 50-2,000 rpm covers most didactic materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without an adequate industrial 400V three-phase line; environments without space for machine dimensions (700 × 960 × 2,340 mm); precision drilling with superior concentricity (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobbyist use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB bench drills from the range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM22\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and Feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 speeds 50-2,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Working Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 × 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 960 × 2,340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 32 drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE-compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 4 taper and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT 4 is sized for tools with a diameter up to Ø 32 mm. For tools with a larger diameter, a larger Morse taper is required (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard that defines the conical coupling between the spindle and the tool: the taper is designed for self-clamping during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers, and reduced taper sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional self-tightening chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant speed, adjustable according to the material, eliminating the physical effort of the operator on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow work and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For series production, automatic feed allows the execution of multiple identical holes without manual intervention: a crucial feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M22 threading require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included as standard equipment. The threading device with automatic reversal allows M22 threading without the need for manual spindle stop: the direction of rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard threading procedure: mount the tap in the MT tap holder sleeve, adjust the depth stop, position the workpiece on the table with threading lubricating oil. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, upon reaching the depth, the direction automatically reverses, retracting the tap. Specific oil for threading on steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed column drills have belt drive with typical industry standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision reaming, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear drive offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply does this machine need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section for the 2.2 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² over 30 meters. Dedicated 16A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical upgrade is necessary (typical cost €500-1,500 for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (€200-500). Pre-purchase verification recommended: contact a qualified electrician to check the availability of power on the existing meter and the current cable cross-sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696548778312,"sku":"01-1341XL","price":10065.34,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_32_compatto.png?v=1758027894"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-kbm-40","title":"Bernardo KBM 40 Fixed Column Drill – steel drilling Ø 40 mm, M30 threading, MT 4 taper, 3.0 kW three-phase motor, 350 Nm torque, 1,250 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 40 fixed column drill is the medium model in the KBM range with a 3 kW motor for industrial workshops handling medium-heavy workpieces, with drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 40 mm and tapping up to M30 with automatic reversal. Technical characteristics: Morse taper spindle MT 4, 12 spindle speeds 31.5-1,400 rpm (in steps), automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev, 3.0 kW motor with 350 Nm torque, 16,000 N feed force. Cast iron table 560 × 480 mm with 18 mm T-slots, table lift 315 mm, spindle-column distance 335 mm, spindle-table distance max 740 mm. Cast iron structure, weight 1,250 kg, machine dimensions 750 × 1,150 × 2,500 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTapping capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M30 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 speeds 31.5-1,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 560 × 480 mm with 18 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 315 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.0 kW at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 40 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 40 is a medium-heavy fixed column drill for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production. Drilling capacity Ø 40 mm and tapping up to M30: sized for medium-large workpieces (over 200 × 200 mm), with a 3.0 kW motor and 350 Nm torque, more than double that of KBM 25\/32 models. The 16,000 N feed force allows through-drilling on high-strength alloy steels (HSS tool steel, 42CrMo4, 30NiCrMo12) and tough materials. Cast iron table 560 × 480 mm with 18 mm T-slots: larger dimensions compared to light models for supporting large workpieces. The MT 4 taper supports tools up to Ø 40 mm: for drilling diameters larger than the Morse taper, this model is not correctly sized, the KBM 50 version (MT 5) is required. Typical application sectors: mechanical industry with production of medium-heavy mechanical components, industrial maintenance workshops for motor and transmission repair, metal fabrication with heavy structures for construction and infrastructure, agricultural industry for building and maintaining agricultural machinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for craft workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 40 and KBM 50 are the medium models in the KBM range, sharing the frame (table 560×480 mm, weight 1,250 kg) and MT 4 spindle taper. Differences: the KBM 40 has Ø 40 mm drilling with a 3.0 kW motor and speeds of 31.5-1,400 rpm; the KBM 50 has Ø 50 mm drilling with a 4.0 kW motor and speeds of 45-850 rpm (lower range for higher torque on large tools). For workshops with typical tools Ø 25-40 mm, the KBM 40 is the correct choice; for workshops with tools Ø 40-50 mm, the KBM 50 is sized with a higher motor. For higher capacities (Ø 63-80 mm), the KBM 63\/80 models (heavy category with 5.5 kW motor and 800 Nm torque) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Due to its heavy weight, it requires a crane or heavy pallet truck for unloading from the transport vehicle and installation. Internal workshop handling with a forklift or manual pallet truck (at least 1,500 kg capacity). HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, seals, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the KBM 40 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 1,250 kg with required 400V three-phase line. For occasional use, DMT 20 bench drills or BM\/TB column drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical industry with medium-heavy workpieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560×480 mm table for supporting large workpieces, 3.0 kW motor with 350 Nm torque for through-drilling on alloy steels. 16,000 N feed force allows heavy-duty operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabrication for welded structures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm table lift allows adaptation to different workpiece heights. Tapping with automatic reversal for threaded holes on workshop structures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line with adequate cross-section; environments without space for machine dimensions (750 × 1,150 × 2,500 mm); high-precision drilling (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobby use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB drills from the bench drill range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tapping capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper spindle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 speeds 31.5-1,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 1,150 × 2,500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 40 drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapping device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 4 taper and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 4 Morse taper is dimensioned for tools up to Ø 40 mm. For larger diameter tools, a larger Morse taper is required (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard that defines the conical coupling between spindle and tool: the taper is designed for self-clamping during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers and tapered reducing sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional keyless chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant and adjustable speed depending on the material, eliminating the operator's physical effort on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow machining and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For series production, automatic feed allows for identical multiple holes without manual intervention: a crucial feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M30 tapping require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included as standard equipment. The tapping device with automatic reversal allows M30 tapping without the need for manual spindle stop: the direction of rotation reverses automatically when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard tapping procedure: mount the tap in the MT tap holder, adjust the depth stop, position the workpiece on the table with tapping lubricant. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, when the depth is reached the direction automatically reverses, retracting the tap. Specific tapping oil for steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed column drills have belt drive with typical industry standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision reaming, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear drive offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply is needed for this machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree-phase 400V line with adequate cable cross-section for the 3.0 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² over 30 meters. Dedicated 20A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical upgrade is necessary (typical cost 500-1,500 € for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (200-500 €). Pre-purchase verification recommended: contact a qualified electrician to verify existing meter power availability and current cable cross-sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696551399752,"sku":"01-1342XL","price":11724.6,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_40_professionale.png?v=1758026993"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-kbm-50","title":"Bernardo KBM 50 Fixed Column Drilling Machine – drilling capacity steel Ø 50 mm, threading M42, MT 5 taper, 4.0 kW three-phase motor, 350 Nm torque, 1,250 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 50 fixed column drill is the upper-medium model in the KBM range, featuring a 4 kW motor and MT 5 taper, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 50 mm and threading up to M42 with automatic reversal. Technical specifications: MT 5 Morse taper attachment, 9 spindle speeds 45-850 rpm (in steps), automatic spindle feed with 9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev, 4.0 kW motor with 350 Nm torque, 16,000 N feed force. 560 × 480 mm cast iron table with 18 mm T-slots, 315 mm table lift, 335 mm spindle-column distance, max 720 mm spindle-table distance. Cast iron structure, weight 1,250 kg, machine dimensions 750 × 1,150 × 2,520 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreading capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M42 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 speeds 45-850 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 560 × 480 mm with 18 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 315 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.0 kW 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 50 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 50 is a medium-heavy duty fixed column drill for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production. Drilling capacity Ø 50 mm and threading up to M42: sized for medium-to-large workpieces (over 200 × 200 mm), with a 4.0 kW motor and 350 Nm torque, more than double that of the KBM 25\/32 models. The 16,000 N feed force allows through-drilling on high-strength alloy steels (HSS tool steel, 42CrMo4, 30NiCrMo12) and tough materials. 560 × 480 mm cast iron table with 18 mm T-slots: larger dimensions than light models for supporting large workpieces. The MT 4 attachment supports tools up to Ø 50 mm: for drilling diameters larger than the Morse taper, this model is not correctly sized, the KBM 50 (MT 5) version is required. Typical application sectors: mechanical industry with production of medium-heavy mechanical components, industrial maintenance workshops for engine and transmission repair, metal structural work with heavy structures for construction and infrastructure, agricultural industry for construction and maintenance of agricultural machinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for craft workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 40 and KBM 50 are the medium models in the KBM range, sharing a frame (560×480 mm table, 1,250 kg weight) and MT 5 spindle taper. Differences: the KBM 40 has Ø 40 mm drilling with a 3.0 kW motor and speeds of 31.5-1,400 rpm; the KBM 50 has Ø 50 mm drilling with a 4.0 kW motor and speeds of 45-850 rpm (lower range for higher torque on large tools). For workshops with typical tools Ø 25-40 mm, the KBM 40 is the correct choice; for workshops with tools Ø 40-50 mm, the KBM 50 is sized with a superior motor. For higher capacities (Ø 63-80 mm), the KBM 63\/80 models are correctly sized (heavy category with 5.5 kW motor and 800 Nm torque).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Due to its high weight, a crane or heavy pallet truck is required for unloading from the transport vehicle and installation. Internal workshop handling with a forklift or manual pallet truck (at least 1,500 kg capacity). HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, gaskets, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KBM 50 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg industrial machine requiring a 400V three-phase line. For occasional use, the DMT 20 bench drills or BM\/TB column drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical industry with medium-heavy parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560×480 mm table for supporting large workpieces, 4.0 kW motor with 350 Nm torque for through-drilling on alloy steels. 16,000 N feed force allows for heavy-duty machining.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal structural work for welded structures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm table lift allows adaptation to different workpiece heights. Threading with automatic reversal for threaded holes on structures in the workshop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without an adequate 400V industrial three-phase line; environments without space for machine dimensions (750 × 1,150 × 2,520 mm); precision drilling with superior concentricity (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobby use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB drills from the bench drill range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper attachment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 speeds 45-850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 ranges 0.056-1.8 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e315 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 1,150 × 2,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 50 drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE compliant protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 5 taper and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 5 Morse taper is sized for tools up to Ø 50 mm. For tools with larger diameters, a larger Morse taper is required (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard defining the conical coupling between the spindle and the tool: the taper is designed for self-clamping during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers, and reduced taper sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional self-tightening chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant, adjustable speed depending on the material, eliminating the operator's physical effort on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow machining and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For serial production, automatic feed allows for multiple identical holes without manual intervention: a decisive feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M42 threading require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included in the standard equipment. The threading device with automatic reversal allows for M42 threading without the need for manual spindle stops: the direction of rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard threading procedure: mount the tap in the MT tap holder sleeve, adjust the depth stop, position the workpiece on the table with threading lubricating oil. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, and when the depth is reached, the direction automatically reverses, retracting the tap. Specific oil for threading on steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For superior precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed column drills have belt drive with typical industrial standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision reaming, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear drive offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply is needed for this machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section for the 4.0 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² over 30 meters. Dedicated 20A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical adaptation is necessary (typical cost €500-1,500 for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (€200-500). Pre-purchase verification is recommended: contact a qualified electrician to check the availability of power on the existing meter and the current cable cross-sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696553201992,"sku":"01-1343XL","price":13366.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_50_professionale.png?v=1758019481"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-kbm-63","title":"Bernardo KBM 63 Fixed-Column Drill Press – drilling steel Ø 63 mm, M48 thread, MT 5 taper, 5.5 kW three-phase motor, 800 Nm torque, 2,500 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 63 fixed-column drill is the heavy model in the KBM range for heavy mechanics, with drilling capacity up to Ø 63 mm, steel drilling capacity up to Ø 63 mm, and threading up to M48 with automatic reversal. Technical specifications: Morse taper MT 5 spindle, 9 spindle speeds 40-570 rpm (stepped), automatic spindle feed with 6 ranges 0.1-0.78 mm\/rev, 5.5 kW motor with 800 Nm torque, 30,000 N feed force. Cast iron table 660 × 555 mm with 22 mm T-slots, 300 mm table lift, 375 mm spindle-column distance, max 870 mm spindle-table distance. Cast iron structure, weight 2,500 kg, machine dimensions 900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 63 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreading capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M48 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper spindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 speeds 40-570 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 660 × 555 mm with 22 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 63 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 63 is a heavy industrial fixed-column drill for high-volume mechanical production and heavy mechanics. Drilling capacity Ø 63 mm and threading up to M48: the largest model in the KBM range, sized for significant industrial workpieces. 5.5 kW motor with 800 Nm torque (5 times the torque of KBM 25\/32 models) and 30,000 N feed force (3 times the force of light models): the machine develops power for large diameter drilling in heavy steels, cast iron, special materials, where smaller machines would fail. Heavy cast iron structure, weight 2,500 kg: machine dimensions 900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm. The MT 5 taper supports large diameter tools (over 50 mm): for drilling diameters Ø 50-63 mm, the KBM 63 model is correctly sized; for drilling diameters Ø 63-80 mm, the KBM 80 model with MT 6 taper is required. Typical areas of use: heavy mechanics (forgings, castings, thick sheets), shipbuilding for the construction and maintenance of large components, aerospace and railway industries for the production of precision mechanical components, maintenance workshops for heavy industrial plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for craft workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed-column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear-driven drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 63 and KBM 80 are the heavy models in the KBM range, sharing a heavy frame (table 660×555 mm, weight 2,500 kg), 5.5 kW motor, and 800 Nm torque. Differences: the KBM 63 has a drilling capacity of Ø 63 mm with MT 5 taper and M48 threading; the KBM 80 has a drilling capacity of Ø 80 mm with MT 6 taper and M56 threading. For workshops with typical tools Ø 50-63 mm, the KBM 63 is the correct choice; for workshops with tools up to Ø 80 mm, the KBM 80 with MT 6 taper is necessary (MT 6 tools are significantly more expensive and less common). The heavy KBM models are the top of the Bernardo drill range: for higher capacities, industrial radial drills or dedicated CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Due to its high weight, a crane or heavy pallet truck is required for unloading from the transport vehicle and installation. Internal workshop handling with a forklift or manual pallet truck (at least 1,500 kg capacity). HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, seals, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KBM 63 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 2,500 kg with required 400V three-phase line. For occasional use, DMT 20 bench drills or BM\/TB column drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy mechanics (forgings, castings, thick sheets)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 63 mm capacity with 5.5 kW motor and 800 Nm torque: sized for heavy drilling on industrial steels. 30,000 N feed force. 660×555 mm table.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNaval, railway, aerospace industry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability of the heavy cast iron structure (2,500 kg) for precision drilling on large components. Spindle speed 40-570 rpm (low range) for maximum torque on large diameter tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section; environments without space for machine dimensions (900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm); high-precision drilling (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobby use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB bench models). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacities\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 63 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM48\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper spindle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 speeds 40-570 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 ranges 0.1-0.78 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 × 555 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 63 drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 5 taper and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT 5 is sized for tools with a diameter up to Ø 63 mm. For tools with a larger diameter, a larger Morse taper is required (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard that defines the taper for coupling between the spindle and the tool: the taper is designed for self-locking during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers, and tapered reducing sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional self-tightening chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant, adjustable speed depending on the material, eliminating the operator's physical effort on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow machining and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For series production, automatic feed allows for the execution of multiple identical holes without manual intervention: a decisive feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M48 threading require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included in the standard equipment. The threading device with automatic reversal allows M48 threading to be performed without the need for manual spindle stop: the direction of rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard threading procedure: mount the tap in the MT tap holder, adjust the depth stop, position the workpiece on the table with threading lubricant oil. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, and when the depth is reached, the direction automatically reverses, retracting the tap. Specific threading oil for steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear-driven drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed-column drills have belt drive with typical industrial standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision reaming, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear transmission offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply does this machine need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section for the 5.5 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² over 30 meters. Dedicated 25A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical adaptation is necessary (typical cost €500-€1,500 for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (€200-€500). Pre-purchase verification is recommended: contact a qualified electrician to check the availability of power on the existing meter and the cross-sections of the current cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696557232456,"sku":"01-1344XL","price":22638.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_63_industriale.png?v=1758018687"},{"product_id":"trapano-colonna-fissa-bernardo-kbm80","title":"Bernardo KBM 80 Fixed Column Drill – drilling steel Ø 80 mm, thread M56, taper MT 6, 5.5 kW three-phase motor, torque 800 Nm, weight 2,500 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 80 fixed column drill is the top model in the KBM range, with drilling capabilities up to Ø 80 mm and an MT 6 taper, designed for heavy industrial production. It can drill steel up to Ø 80 mm and tap threads up to M56 with automatic reversal. Technical specifications include: MT 6 Morse taper, 9 spindle speeds from 40-570 rpm (in steps), automatic spindle feed with 6 ranges from 0.1-0.78 mm\/rev, 5.5 kW motor with 800 Nm torque, and a feed force of 30,000 N. It features a 660 × 555 mm cast iron table with 22 mm T-slots, 300 mm table lift, 375 mm spindle-to-column distance, and a maximum 810 mm spindle-to-table distance. Constructed from cast iron, it weighs 2,500 kg and has machine dimensions of 900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTapping capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M56 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 speeds 40-570 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 Nm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30,000 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast iron table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 660 × 555 mm with 22 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable lift:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the KBM 80 and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KBM 80 is a heavy industrial fixed column drill for high-volume mechanical production and heavy engineering. With a drilling capacity of Ø 80 mm and tapping up to M56, it is the largest model in the KBM range, sized for significant industrial workpieces. Its 5.5 kW motor with 800 Nm of torque (5 times the torque of KBM 25\/32 models) and 30,000 N feed force (3 times the force of light models) provides the power needed for large-diameter drilling in heavy steels, cast iron, and special materials where smaller machines would fail. It has a heavy cast iron structure, weighing 2,500 kg, with machine dimensions of 900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm. The MT 6 taper supports large diameter tools (over 50 mm): for drilling diameters of Ø 50-63 mm, the KBM 63 model is correctly sized; for drilling diameters of Ø 63-80 mm, the KBM 80 with MT 6 taper is necessary. Typical application sectors include: heavy engineering (forgings, castings, thick plates), shipbuilding for construction and maintenance of large components, aerospace and railway industries for the production of precision mechanical components, and maintenance workshops for heavy industrial plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for artisanal workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The KBM 63 and KBM 80 are the heavy-duty models in the KBM range, sharing a heavy frame (660×555 mm table, 2,500 kg weight), 5.5 kW motor, and 800 Nm torque. Differences: the KBM 63 has a drilling capacity of Ø 63 mm with an MT 5 taper and M48 tapping; the KBM 80 has a drilling capacity of Ø 80 mm with an MT 6 taper and M56 tapping. For workshops using typical tools from Ø 50-63 mm, the KBM 63 is the correct choice; for workshops using tools up to Ø 80 mm, the KBM 80 with MT 6 taper is necessary (MT 6 tools are significantly more expensive and less common). The heavy KBM models are the top of the Bernardo drill range: for higher capacities, industrial radial drills or dedicated CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Due to its heavy weight, a crane or heavy-duty pallet truck is required for unloading from the transport vehicle and installation. Internal workshop handling with a forklift or manual pallet truck (at least 1,500 kg capacity). HSS drill bits in MT tapers, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, gaskets, motors) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the KBM 80 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist or workshop with occasional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 2,500 kg requiring a 400V three-phase line. For occasional use, DMT 20 bench drills or BM\/TB column drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy engineering (forgings, castings, thick plates)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity Ø 80 mm with 5.5 kW motor and 800 Nm torque: sized for heavy drilling on industrial steels. Feed force of 30,000 N. Table 660×555 mm.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNaval, railway, aerospace industry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStability of the heavy cast iron structure (2,500 kg) for precision drilling on large components. Spindle speed 40-570 rpm (low range) for maximum torque on large diameter tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without an adequate industrial 400V three-phase line; environments without space for machine dimensions (900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm); precision drilling with superior concentricity (for concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, the GB 30 TV or CNC drills are correctly sized); occasional hobby use (the machine is oversized, consider DMT 20 or BM\/TB drills from the bench range).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax tapping capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 speeds 40-570 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle torque\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 ranges 0.1-0.78 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30,000 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 × 555 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e375 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 1,300 × 2,850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo KBM 80 drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapping device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE-compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 6 and other tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 6 Morse taper is dimensioned for tools with a diameter of up to Ø 80 mm. For tools with a larger diameter, a larger Morse taper is necessary (MT 4 for Ø 32-40 mm, MT 5 for Ø 40-63 mm, MT 6 for Ø 63-80 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper is an international standard that defines the conical mating between the spindle and the tool: the taper is designed for self-locking during rotation. HSS drill bits, milling cutters, reamers, and tapered reduction sleeves are available in all MT tapers. For B16 or B18 tools (cylindrical with screw clamping), a drill chuck with the machine's MT shank is required: professional keyless chucks are recommended for quick and safe tool changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic spindle feed work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe automatic feed lowers the spindle at a constant and adjustable speed depending on the material, eliminating the physical effort of the operator on the manual lever. The 9 feed ranges (0.056-1.8 mm\/rev) cover different materials: 0.056-0.1 mm\/rev for hard steels, 0.1-0.3 mm\/rev for alloy steels, 0.3-0.7 mm\/rev for mild steels, 0.7-1.8 mm\/rev for aluminum and light alloys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect feed is crucial for: drill bit life (excessive feed causes breakage), hole quality (reduced feed causes slow machining and high burr), machine productivity (optimal feed significantly reduces drilling times). For series production, automatic feed allows for the execution of multiple identical holes without manual intervention: a crucial feature for productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes M56 tapping require a specific device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and it is included as standard equipment. The tapping device with automatic reversal allows for M56 tapping without the need for manual spindle stops: the direction of rotation automatically reverses when the set depth is reached.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard tapping procedure: mount the tap in the MT tap holder sleeve, adjust the depth stop, position the workpiece on the table with tapping lubricant. The operator starts the machine, the spindle rotates forward cutting the thread, and when the depth is reached, the direction automatically reverses, retracting the tap. Specific tapping oil for steel (e.g., CutCool, Tapping Fluid) is recommended for thread quality and tap life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I perform precision drilling with this drill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard precision (concentricity 0.05-0.1 mm), yes. For higher precision (concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills with precision spindles are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKBM fixed column drills have belt drive with typical industrial standard concentricity. For higher precision applications (precision reaming, drilling for H7 fits), the GB 30 TV with hardened and ground gear transmission offers concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. For extremely precise industrial applications (concentricity below 0.01 mm), dedicated boring machines or CNC machining centers are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply does this machine require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase line with adequate cable cross-section for the 5.5 kW motor: typically 4 mm² up to 30 meters, 6 mm² beyond 30 meters. Dedicated 25A circuit breaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops without a three-phase line, electrical upgrades are necessary (typical cost €500-€1,500 for a new three-phase meter + wiring + circuit breaker). For workshops with a three-phase line but undersized cables, the cost is limited to dedicated wiring (€200-€500). Pre-purchase verification recommended: contact a qualified electrician to check the availability of power on the existing meter and the current cable cross-sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696561819976,"sku":"01-1345XL","price":23126.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Trapano_a_colonna_fissa_KBM_80_industriale.png?v=1758017803"},{"product_id":"bernardo-gb-30tv-trapano-colonna-ingranaggi","title":"Bernardo GB 30 TV Gear-Driven Drill Press with Automatic Feeds – Drilling Ø 32 mm, Threading M20, Concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, 12 Speeds 125-3,030 rpm, Automatic Tool Ejector, 1.1 kW Three-Phase Motor, Weight 235 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GB 30 TV gear drill is a professional machine with hardened and ground gear transmission, spindle concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm for precision drilling. Drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 32 mm, threading up to M20 with right\/left reversal. Morse taper MT 3, precision chuck 1-13 mm with B16 shank. 12 spindle speeds 125-3,030 rpm with a 2-speed motor, 3 automatic spindle feeds (0.10 \/ 0.20 \/ 0.30 mm\/rev), automatic tool ejection system included as standard, coolant pump integrated into the base with 14 mm T-slots. 1.1 kW (S1) \/ 1.5 kW (S6) 400V three-phase motor, weight approx. 235 kg, machine dimensions 500 × 750 × 1,620 mm (without base). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThreading capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e M20 with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 speeds 125-3,030 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 340 × 335 mm with 14 mm T-slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.10 \/ 0.20 \/ 0.30 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic tool ejection:\u003c\/strong\u003e included as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 kW (S1) \/ 1.5 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 235 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the GB 30 TV and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo GB 30 TV is a professional gear drill with hardened and ground gear transmission instead of the traditional belt transmission of standard drills. Key design feature: hardened and ground gears offer smooth and quiet transmission with spindle concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm, a value typical of professional industrial machines (for comparison: belt drills typically have a concentricity of 0.05-0.1 mm). The GB 30 TV is sized for professional workshops with higher precision requirements: drilling capacity Ø 32 mm and threading up to M20. The 12 speed ranges with a 2-speed motor (125-3030 rpm) allow optimal adaptation to different materials: mild steels 800-1,500 rpm for Ø 10 mm, stainless steels 400-800 rpm, hard materials 200-400 rpm, aluminum and alloys 1,500-3,000 rpm. Three automatic spindle feeds (0.10 \/ 0.20 \/ 0.30 mm\/rev) allow automated execution. Automatic tool ejection system included as standard: a crucial feature for productions with frequent tool changes. Typical areas of use: precision mechanical workshops requiring high concentricity drilling, technical schools and professional training laboratories, prototyping and one-off production workshops, workshops for machining tough materials that require gear transmission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill range is organized into 3 main categories: \u003cstrong\u003ebench drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (DMT 20, BM, TB) for artisanal workshops with occasional use; \u003cstrong\u003efixed-column drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (KBM 25\/32\/40\/50\/63\/80) for industrial workshops with high-capacity mechanical production; \u003cstrong\u003egear drills\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB 30 TV) for precision workshops requiring superior concentricity. The GB 30 TV is the distinctive model in the Bernardo drill range: the only one with hardened and ground gear transmission instead of the belt transmission of the KBM and DMT models. Drilling capacity Ø 32 mm: comparable to the KBM 32 (industrial fixed-column range) but with superior concentricity (≤ 0.02 mm vs typical 0.05 mm) and precision features (automatic tool ejection, coolant integrated in the base). Weight 235 kg: significantly lighter than the KBM 32 (950 kg): the more compact structure is sized for workshops with limited space and non-daily intensive use. For daily intensive use, the KBM 32 with a more rigid structure is correctly sized; for precision use with frequent tool changes, the GB 30 TV is the correct choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weight manageable with a manual pallet truck or two people with care. HSS drill bits in MT cones, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, coolant pumps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, gears, gaskets, motors) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the GB 30 TV is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision workshop with high concentricity drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardened and ground gear transmission: concentricity ≤ 0.02 mm. Automatic tool ejection system included as standard. 12 speed ranges (125-3,030 rpm) for optimal adaptation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrototyping and one-off parts workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 automatic feeds (0.10\/0.20\/0.30 mm\/rev), integrated coolant pump, precision chuck 1-13 mm\/B16. Frequent tool changes managed by automatic ejection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with intensive daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor continuous intensive daily use, the KBM 32 (more rigid structure 950 kg vs 235 kg) is correctly sized. The GB 30 TV is excellent for frequent precision use but not massive.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops without a 400V three-phase line; massive continuous use (for heavy series production, the KBM 32 is correctly sized); loads above Ø 32 mm drilling (KBM 40+ models required); environments without 400V three-phase power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax threading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper attachment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle concentricity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 0.02 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 speeds 125-3,030 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 ranges 0.10 \/ 0.20 \/ 0.30 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 × 335 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 750 × 1,620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo GB 30 TV Drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading device with automatic reversal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left rotation (R\/L)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision chuck 1-13 mm with B16 shank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle arbor MT 3 \/ B16\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper sleeves MT 3 \/ 2 and MT 3 \/ 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic tool ejection device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant pump integrated in the base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable CE compliant guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the advantage of gear transmission over belts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuperior concentricity (≤ 0.02 mm vs 0.05-0.1 mm typical of belt transmissions), smooth and quiet transmission, longer life (hardened and ground gears last significantly longer than belts), no slippage under load (belts can slip under high torque).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisadvantages of gear transmission: higher cost (the machine costs 30-50% more than an equivalent belt drill), significantly higher weight (235 kg vs 60-150 kg for standard drills), more complex maintenance (gears require periodic lubrication). For precision use, the advantages outweigh the disadvantages; for occasional use, belt drills are economically preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the automatic tool ejection system work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operator presses a button or actuates a lever to automatically eject the tool from the MT 3 taper of the spindle. The system replaces the traditional procedure that requires inserting a wedge into the spindle nose and hammering to eject the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMain advantage: reduction of tool change time from 15-30 seconds (traditional procedure) to 2-5 seconds (automatic ejection). For productions with frequent tool changes (more than 30 changes\/shift), the difference is significant. A crucial feature for prototyping and one-off parts workshops where tool changes are frequent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the 12 speed ranges practically useful?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The extended range of 125-3,030 rpm covers all standard materials: hard steels 200-400 rpm, alloy steels 400-800 rpm, mild steels 800-1,500 rpm, brass 1,500-2,000 rpm, aluminum 2,000-3,000 rpm. For each tool and material, there is an optimal speed that maximizes tool life and hole quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with multi-material use (various steels + aluminum + brass), the 12 ranges allow optimal adaptation for each process. For workshops specialized in a single material (e.g., only steel), the 4-6 speed range is sufficient. The GB 30 TV is sized for workshops with a variety of operations that justify the flexibility of the 12 speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the coolant pump integrated?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is integrated into the machine base. The base has 14 mm T-slots and an integrated tank for the coolant: the pump activates the flow of coolant onto the tool during processing via an adjustable tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoolant is essential for: drill bit life (heat reduction prevents decarburization of the cutting edge), hole quality (prevents work hardening of the material, especially for stainless steel and aluminum), chip evacuation (coolant flow removes chips from the work area). Emulsifiable oil in water (5-10% oil) is standard for most steels. For stainless steel, specific neat oil is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I thread M20 with the GB 30 TV?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The machine has dedicated right\/left rotation for threading: the operator manually reverses the direction of rotation when the thread depth is reached. Maximum capacity M20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor precision threading with rigid taps (HSS or high-speed steel), the GB 30 TV's concentricity of ≤ 0.02 mm is a crucial feature: threads made on less precise spindles may have uneven pitch or taper in the thread. For M22 and larger threads, KBM 32 (M22) or higher models with an integrated automatic reversing threading device are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696567783752,"sku":"01-1252","price":3904.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_GB_30_TV_Trapano_a_ingranaggi_professionale_con_avanzamenti_automatici.png?v=1757429474"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapani-bm-20t-230v","title":"Bench Drill Bernardo BM 20 T \/ 230 V with digital display and LED – drilling Ø 20 mm, taper MT 2, 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm, motor 0.55 kW 230V, weight 45 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 20 T \/ 230 V bench drill is the step-speed benchtop model in the BM range with a digital spindle travel display, a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 20 mm, and a Morse taper MT 2 connection. Technical features: 16 spindle speeds from 220-2,840 rpm with belt and cast iron pulley transmission, integrated digital spindle travel display, LED work light, 285 × 285 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots, tiltable from -45° to +45° and height-adjustable with a rack, cast iron base with T-slots, 1-16 mm keyless chuck with B18 shank included. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V, spindle travel 80 mm, max spindle-to-table distance 440 mm, spindle-to-base distance 630 mm, weight 45 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel drilling capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 285 mm with 16 mm T-slots, tiltable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-to-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 630 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BM 20 T \/ 230 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 20 T \/ 230 V is a professional bench drill with belt and cast iron pulley transmission, sized for craft workshops, advanced hobbyists, and laboratories requiring precision drilling on steel up to Ø 20 mm. Key constructive feature: the digital spindle travel display shows the drilling depth during operation, a decisive feature for applications requiring non-through holes of a predefined depth (e.g., blind holes for threads, bearing seats, holes for couplings). The 16 step speeds from 220-2,840 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm for Ø 15-20 mm, mild steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.55 kW S1 \/ 0.80 kW S6) at 230V develops the necessary power for continuous use. The ±45° tiltable table with diagonal T-slots allows angled drilling without the need for a precision vise. Typical areas of use: craft workshops, repair and maintenance of mechanical components, technical school laboratories, advanced modeling and prototyping, metal hobbyists with higher precision requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo bench and pillar drill range is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle travel display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously variable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than the BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The BM 20 T \/ 230 V is the BM model with step speeds (16 steps from 220-2,840 rpm) and a digital display for spindle travel. Compared to the corresponding TB: the BM has a digital travel display, a superior S1 motor, a B18 chuck (vs B16 of the TBs). Compared to the BM Vario: the BM T has step speeds (belt changes for new speed) vs continuous on the Vario, does not have a centering laser, and is economically preferable for use without frequent speed adjustment requirements. For drilling up to Ø 20 mm: the BM 20 T is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Manageable weight for one person or two with controlled lifting. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, taper shanks, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BM 20 T \/ 230 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraft workshop with daily professional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital spindle travel display, IP 54 motor, B18 keyless chuck, ±45° tilting table with T-slots. Ø 20 mm capacity covers most standard applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional yet compact machine for home workshop, manageable weight.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent variable speed machining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor frequent speed adjustment needs, the corresponding BM Vario with continuous adjustment + centering laser is appropriately sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters larger than Ø 20 mm; tall workpieces that cannot be placed on the table (max workpiece height 440 mm with 285×285 table, depends on the model); applications requiring speeds below 220 rpm for maximum torque (the SB 30 Profi is appropriately sized); massive continuous industrial use (a fixed pillar drill KBM is appropriately sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 × 285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 590 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BM 20 T \/ 230 V Drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless chuck 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper arbor MT 2 \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 2 taper and B16\/B18?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT 2 (MT 2) is the spindle connection on the machine side, sized for self-clamping during rotation. The B18 shank of the keyless chuck (included) is the holder for drill bits from Ø 1 to Ø 16 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper allows mounting of chucks with MT shanks (for interchangeable use), reduced taper sleeves (e.g., MT 2 → MT 1 for smaller tools), and drill bits with direct MT shanks (for Ø above 13 mm). The B18 shank is specific for keyless chucks with a cylindrical grip. For chuck changes or mounting of special tools, it is necessary to observe coupling compatibilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the digital spindle travel display work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt shows the real-time penetration depth of the drill bit into the workpiece, in millimeters (with 0.1 mm resolution). The operator presses a button to zero the depth at the start of drilling, then monitors the display during operation to stop at the desired depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDecisive feature for: non-through holes of predefined depth (blind holes for threads, bearing housings, seats for centering pins), series production with identical depth on multiple workpieces, applications requiring depth precision (e.g., H7 coupling holes with tolerance less than 0.1 mm). Without a digital display, the operator must use a stop collar mounted on the spindle, which allows for a standard precision of 0.5-1 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the belt drive require maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, periodic. V-belts require tension verification every 200-500 operating hours (intensive use) or every 6 months (occasional use). Typical replacement every 3-5 years in normal use, every 1-2 years in intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTensioning procedure: open the transmission cover, loosen the motor fixing bolt, move the motor to tension the belt (the belt should flex 5-10 mm under manual pressure), tighten the bolt, close the cover. Belt replacement: same procedure but with complete belt replacement. Original Bernardo replacement belts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concentricity of the spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor BM bench drills, spindle concentricity is typically 0.03-0.05 mm: a standard value for standard professional applications. For higher precision applications (≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills are appropriately sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcentricity is the maximum deviation of the spindle axis from its theoretical axis during rotation. Lower values (more precise) require high-quality bearings, precision shafts, spindle balancing, and careful construction. BM bench drills with 0.03-0.05 mm concentricity are suitable for most professional applications. For precision applications (reaming for H7 couplings, holes for precision bearings), gear drills are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply is needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e230V voltage: civilian 230V Schuko line for domestic\/workshop use without a three-phase line, standard 16A circuit breaker. Standard cable cross-section 1.5 mm² up to 30 meters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a civilian line (230V), the 230V model is the correct choice without additional electrical adaptation costs. For workshops with a three-phase line (400V), the 400V model is sized with a higher quality motor and extended lifespan: the three-phase motor has higher efficiency (90% vs 70% for single-phase) with less generated heat and significantly longer lifespan (15-25 years vs 8-15 years for single-phase). For continuous intensive use, the 400V model is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696586232136,"sku":"01-1116","price":622.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_da_banco_Bernardo_BM_20_T_230_V_con_LED_e_display_digitale.jpg?v=1758015721"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bm-20t-trapano-da-banco-400v","title":"Bernardo BM 20 T Bench Pillar Drill \/ 400 V with digital display and LED – drilling Ø 20 mm, MT 2 taper, 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm, 0.55 kW 400V three-phase motor, weight 45 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 20 T \/ 400 V bench drill is the step-speed benchtop model in the BM range, featuring a digital spindle travel display and a three-phase motor, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 20 mm and a Morse taper MT 2 connection. Technical specifications: 16 spindle speeds from 220-2,840 rpm with belt and cast iron pulley transmission, integrated digital spindle travel display, LED work light, 285 × 285 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable from -45° to +45° and height adjustable with a rack, cast iron base with T-slots, 1-16 mm keyless drill chuck with B18 shank included. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, spindle travel 80 mm, max spindle-to-table distance 440 mm, spindle-to-base distance 630 mm, weight 45 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 285 mm with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 440 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-to-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 630 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BM 20 T \/ 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 20 T \/ 400 V is a professional bench drill with belt and cast iron pulley transmission, sized for artisanal workshops, advanced hobbyists, and laboratories requiring precision drilling on steel up to Ø 20 mm. Key construction feature: the digital display for spindle travel shows the hole depth during execution, a crucial feature for applications requiring non-through holes of predefined depth (e.g., blind holes for threads, bearing recesses, holes for mating parts). The 16 step speeds from 220-2,840 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm for Ø 15-20 mm, soft steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.55 kW S1 \/ 0.80 kW S6) at 400V three-phase develops the necessary power for continuous use. The ±45° inclinable table with diagonal T-slots allows angled drilling without the need for a precision vise. Typical areas of use: artisanal workshops, repair and maintenance of mechanical components, educational laboratories for technical schools, advanced modeling and prototyping, metal hobbyists with higher precision requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo bench and pillar drill range is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle travel display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously variable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The BM 20 T \/ 400 V is the BM model with step speeds (16 steps from 220-2,840 rpm) and a digital display for spindle travel. Compared to the corresponding TB: the BM has a digital travel display, a superior S1 motor, a B18 chuck (vs B16 of the TBs). Compared to the BM Vario: the BM T has step speeds (belt changes for new speed) vs continuous of the Vario, does not have a centering laser, is economically preferable for use without frequent speed adjustment needs. For drilling up to Ø 20 mm: BM 20 T is the correct choice in terms of quality\/price ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Weight manageable by one person or two with controlled lifting. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, tapping devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless drill chucks, tapered shafts, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BM 20 T \/ 400 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal workshop with daily professional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital spindle travel display, IP 54 motor, B18 keyless chuck, ±45° inclinable table with T-slots. Ø 20 mm capacity covers most standard applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional yet compact machine for home workshop, manageable weight.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent variable speed operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor frequent speed adjustment needs, the corresponding BM Vario with continuous adjustment + centering laser is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters greater than Ø 20 mm; tall workpieces that do not fit on the table (max workpiece height 440 mm with 285×285 table, depends on model); applications requiring speeds below 220 rpm for maximum torque (the SB 30 Profi is correctly sized); massive continuous industrial use (a KBM fixed pillar drill is correctly sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 × 285 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-to-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-to-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase surface area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 590 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BM 20 T \/ 400 V drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless drill chuck 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTapered shank MT 2 \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 2 and B16\/B18 tapers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT 2 (MT 2) is the machine-side spindle connection, sized for self-clamping during rotation. The B18 shank of the keyless drill chuck (included) is the holder for drill bits from Ø 1 to Ø 16 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper allows mounting of chucks with MT shanks (for interchangeable use), reduced taper sleeves (e.g., MT 2 → MT 1 for smaller tools), direct MT shank drill bits (for Ø above 13 mm). The B18 shank is specific for keyless drill chucks with cylindrical grip. For changing chucks or mounting special tools, compatibility of coupling must be observed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the digital spindle travel display work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt shows the penetration depth of the drill bit into the workpiece in real time, in millimeters (with 0.1 mm resolution). The operator presses a button to zero the depth at the start of drilling, then monitors the display during execution to stop at the desired depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrucial feature for: non-through holes of predefined depth (blind holes for threads, bearing housings, recesses for centering pins), serial production with identical depth on multiple workpieces, applications requiring depth precision (e.g., holes for H7 fits with tolerance less than 0.1 mm). Without a digital display, the operator must use a depth stop ring mounted on the spindle, which provides standard precision of 0.5-1 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the belt transmission require maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, periodic. V-belts require tension verification every 200-500 operating hours (intensive use) or every 6 months (occasional use). Typical replacement every 3-5 years in normal use, every 1-2 years in intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTensioning procedure: open the transmission cover, loosen the motor mounting bolt, move the motor to tension the belt (the belt should flex 5-10 mm under manual pressure), tighten the bolt, close the cover. Belt replacement: same procedure but with complete belt replacement. Original Bernardo replacement belts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concentricity of the spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor BM bench drills, spindle concentricity is typically 0.03-0.05 mm: a standard value for standard professional applications. For higher precision applications (≤ 0.02 mm), gear-driven drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcentricity is the maximum deviation of the spindle axis from its theoretical axis during rotation. Lower values (more precise) require high-quality bearings, precision shafts, spindle balancing, careful construction. BM bench drills with 0.03-0.05 mm concentricity are suitable for most professional applications. For precision applications (reaming for H7 fits, precision bearing holes), gear-driven drills are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat power supply is needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase voltage: 400V three-phase line with dedicated 10A miniature circuit breaker. Standard cable cross-section 1.5 mm² up to 30 meters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a domestic line (230V), the 230V model is the correct choice without additional electrical adaptation costs. For workshops with a three-phase line (400V), the 400V model is sized with a higher quality motor and extended lifespan: the three-phase motor has higher efficiency (90% vs 70% for single-phase) with less heat generated and a significantly longer lifespan (15-25 years vs 8-15 years for single-phase). For intensive continuous use, the 400V model is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696591737160,"sku":"01-1117","price":622.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BM_20_T_Trapano_da_banco_con_display_digitale_e_lampada_LED.jpg?v=1757428494"},{"product_id":"bernardo-trapano-banco-bm25t-230v","title":"Bench drill Bernardo BM 25 T \/ 230 V with digital display and LED – drilling Ø 25 mm, taper MT 2, 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm, motor 0.75 kW 230V, weight 57 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 25 T \/ 230 V bench drill is the larger bench model in the BM range with a 305×305 table and a Ø 25 mm capacity, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 25 mm and a Morse taper MT 2 connection. Technical specifications: 16 spindle speeds 220-2,840 rpm with belt and cast iron pulley drive, integrated digital spindle stroke display, LED work light, 305 × 305 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots, tiltable from -45° to +45° and height-adjustable with rack and pinion, cast iron base with T-slots, 1-16 mm keyless chuck with B18 shank included. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) at 230V, spindle stroke 80 mm, max spindle-table distance 415 mm, spindle-base distance 605 mm, weight 57 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse Taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 × 305 mm with 16 mm T-slots, tiltable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 415 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 605 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e spindle stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) at 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BM 25 T \/ 230 V and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 25 T \/ 230 V is a professional bench drill with belt and cast iron pulley drive, sized for artisanal workshops, advanced hobbyists, and laboratories that require precision drilling on steel up to Ø 25 mm. Key construction feature: the digital display for the spindle stroke shows the drilling depth during operation, a crucial feature for applications requiring non-through holes of predefined depth (e.g., blind holes for threads, bearing seats, holes for couplings). The 16 step speeds from 220-2,840 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm for Ø 15-20 mm, mild steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.75 kW S1 \/ 1.1 kW S6) at 230V provides the necessary power for continuous use. The ±45° tiltable table with diagonal T-slots allows for angled drilling without the need for a precision vise. Typical fields of use: artisanal workshops, repair and maintenance of mechanical components, educational laboratories for technical schools, advanced modeling and prototyping, metal hobbyists with higher precision requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo bench and pillar drill range is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle stroke display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously variable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with higher height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The BM 25 T \/ 230 V is the BM model with step speeds (16 steps from 220-2,840 rpm) and digital display for the spindle stroke. Compared to the corresponding TB: the BM has a digital stroke display, a superior S1 motor, and a B18 chuck (vs B16 for TB). Compared to the BM Vario: the BM T has step speeds (belt changes for new speed) vs continuous for the Vario, does not have a centering laser, and is economically preferable for use without frequent speed adjustment requirements. For drilling up to Ø 25 mm: the BM 25 T is correctly sized with a 0.75 kW motor and 305×305 mm table superior to the BM 20 T.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). Manageable weight for two people with care. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, conical shafts, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BM 25 T \/ 230 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisanal workshop with daily professional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital spindle stroke display, IP 54 motor, B18 keyless chuck, ±45° tiltable table with T-slots. Ø 25 mm capacity covers most standard applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional yet compact machine for home workshop, manageable weight.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent variable speed operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor frequent speed adjustment requirements, the corresponding BM Vario with continuous adjustment + centering laser is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters larger than Ø 25 mm; tall workpieces that cannot be placed on the table (max workpiece height 440 mm with 285×285 table, depends on model); applications requiring speeds below 220 rpm for maximum torque (the SB 30 Profi is correctly sized); massive continuous industrial use (a fixed column drill KBM is correctly sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and stroke\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and working dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 × 305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e605 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 × 205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 630 × 990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BM 25 T \/ 230 V drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18 keyless chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMT 2 \/ B 18 tapered arbor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: spindle stroke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eT-nut set for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable guard with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of wrenches and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 2 taper and B16\/B18?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MT 2 Morse taper (MT 2) is the machine-side spindle connection, sized for self-clamping during rotation. The B18 shank of the keyless chuck (included) is the receptacle for drill bits from Ø 1 to Ø 16 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper allows for mounting chucks with MT shanks (for interchangeable use), reduced tapered sleeves (e.g., MT 2 → MT 1 for smaller tools), and drill bits with direct MT shanks (for Ø above 13 mm). The B18 shank is specific for cylindrical-grip keyless chucks. For changing chucks or mounting special tools, compatibility requirements must be observed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the digital spindle stroke display work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt shows the real-time penetration depth of the drill bit into the workpiece, in millimeters (with 0.1 mm resolution). The operator presses a button to zero the depth at the start of drilling, then monitors the display during operation to stop at the desired depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrucial feature for: non-through holes of predefined depth (blind holes for threads, bearing housings, centering pin recesses), series production with identical depth on multiple workpieces, applications requiring depth precision (e.g., H7 coupling holes with tolerance less than 0.1 mm). Without a digital display, the operator must use a stop collar mounted on the spindle, which provides a standard precision of 0.5-1 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the belt drive require maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, periodic maintenance. V-belts require tension checks every 200-500 operating hours (intensive use) or every 6 months (occasional use). Typical replacement every 3-5 years in normal use, every 1-2 years in intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTensioning procedure: open the drive cover, loosen the motor fixing bolt, move the motor to tension the belt (the belt should flex 5-10 mm under manual pressure), tighten the bolt, close the cover. Belt replacement: same procedure but with complete belt replacement. Original Bernardo replacement belts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concentricity of the spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor BM bench drills, spindle concentricity is typically 0.03-0.05 mm: a standard value for standard professional applications. For higher precision applications (≤ 0.02 mm), gear-driven drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcentricity is the maximum deviation of the spindle axis from its theoretical axis during rotation. Lower values (more precise) require high-quality bearings, precision shafts, spindle balancing, and careful construction. BM bench drills with 0.03-0.05 mm concentricity are suitable for most professional applications. For precision applications (reaming for H7 couplings, precision bearing holes), gear-driven drills are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply is needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e230V voltage: 230V Schuko household\/workshop line without three-phase line, standard 16A circuit breaker. Standard cable cross-section 1.5 mm² up to 30 meters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a household line (230V), the 230V model is the correct choice without additional electrical adaptation costs. For workshops with a three-phase line (400V), the 400V model is sized with a higher quality motor and extended lifespan: the three-phase motor has higher efficiency (90% vs 70% for single-phase) with less heat generated and significantly longer lifespan (15-25 years vs 8-15 years for single-phase). For intensive continuous use, the 400V model is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696598913352,"sku":"01-1119","price":669.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Trapano_da_banco_Bernardo_BM_25_T_con_display_digitale_e_luce_LED.jpg?v=1757346585"},{"product_id":"bernardo-bm-25t-trapano-da-banco-400v","title":"Bernardo Bench Drill BM 25 T \/ 400 V with digital display and LED – drilling Ø 25 mm, MT 2 taper, 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm, 0.75 kW 400V three-phase motor, R\/L rotation, weight 57 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 25 T \/ 400 V bench drill is the larger benchtop model in the BM range, featuring a three-phase motor and right\/left rotation for threading, with a drilling capacity in steel up to Ø 25 mm and a Morse taper MT 2 connection. Technical specifications: 16 spindle speeds 220-2,840 rpm with belt drive and cast iron pulleys, integrated digital spindle travel display, LED work light, 305 × 305 mm cast iron table with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable from -45° to +45° and height adjustable with rack and pinion, cast iron base with T-slots, 1-16 mm keyless chuck with B18 shank included. IP 54 compliant aluminum motor: 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase, spindle travel 80 mm, max spindle-table distance 415 mm, spindle-base distance 605 mm, weight 57 kg. Right\/left spindle rotation for threading. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrilling capacity in steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMorse taper connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 305 × 305 mm with 16 mm T-slots, inclinable ±45°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax spindle-table distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 415 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle-base distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 605 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRight\/left rotation:\u003c\/strong\u003e For threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.1 kW (S6) at 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the BM 25 T \/ 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BM 25 T \/ 400 V is a professional bench drill with belt drive and cast iron pulleys, sized for artisan workshops, advanced hobbyists, and laboratories requiring precision drilling on steel up to Ø 25 mm. Key construction feature: the digital display for spindle travel shows the drilling depth during operation, a crucial feature for applications requiring non-through holes of predefined depth (e.g., blind holes for threads, bearing seats, coupling holes). The 16 step speeds from 220-2,840 rpm allow adaptation to standard materials: hard steels 220-500 rpm for Ø 15-20 mm, mild steels 1,000-1,500 rpm, aluminum and brass 1,500-2,840 rpm. The IP 54 compliant aluminum motor (0.75 kW S1 \/ 1.1 kW S6) at 400V three-phase provides the necessary power for continuous use. The inclinable table ±45° with diagonal T-slots allows angled drilling without the need for a precision vise. The right\/left rotation allows threading with a tap (up to M16 in steel) without the need for manual spindle stop: the operator reverses the direction upon reaching the depth. Typical sectors of use: artisan workshops, repair and maintenance of mechanical components, educational laboratories for technical schools, advanced modeling and prototyping, metal hobbyists with higher precision requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo bench and pillar drill range is organized into 6 main sub-families: \u003cstrong\u003eTB\u003c\/strong\u003e (TB 14\/16\/20 T) entry-level with fixed B16 or MT 2 taper and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM T\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 20\/25 T) intermediate with digital spindle travel display and step speeds; \u003cstrong\u003eBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (BM 16\/20 Vario) intermediate with continuously variable speed + centering laser; \u003cstrong\u003eSBM Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e (SBM 16\/20 Vario) pillar drill with greater height than BM Vario; \u003cstrong\u003eB 430 Vario\u003c\/strong\u003e medium-heavy pillar drill with 360° swiveling table and MT 3 spindle; \u003cstrong\u003eSB 30 Profi\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy pillar drill with 2-stage power motor, Ø 32 mm capacity. The BM 25 T \/ 400 V is the BM model with step speeds (16 steps from 220-2,840 rpm) and a digital display for spindle travel. Compared to the corresponding TB: the BM has a digital travel display, a superior S1 motor, and a B18 chuck (vs B16 of the TBs). Compared to the BM Vario: the BM T has step speeds (belt changes for new speed) vs continuous on the Vario, does not have a centering laser, and is more economically preferable for use without frequent speed adjustment requirements. For drilling up to Ø 25 mm: the BM 25 T is correctly sized with a 0.75 kW motor and 305×305 mm table superior to the BM 20 T.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). Manageable weight for two people with care. HSS drill bits, milling chucks, threading devices, LED lamps, original Bernardo spare parts (belts, motors, keyless chucks, taper arbors, T-nuts) available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the BM 25 T \/ 400 V is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArtisan workshop with daily professional use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital spindle travel display, IP 54 motor, B18 keyless chuck, inclinable ±45° table with T-slots. Ø 25 mm capacity covers most standard applications.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent M threading operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight\/left rotation for threading with a tap without manual spindle stop.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced metal hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional but compact machine for home workshops, manageable weight.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with frequent variable speed operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor frequent speed adjustment needs, the corresponding BM Vario with continuous adjustment + centering laser is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drilling diameters larger than Ø 25 mm; tall workpieces that do not fit on the table (max workpiece height 440 mm with 285×285 table, depends on the model); applications requiring speeds below 220 rpm for maximum torque (the SB 30 Profi is correctly sized); massive continuous industrial use (a KBM fixed pillar drill is correctly sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProcessing Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMorse taper connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and Travel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 speeds 220-2,840 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Working Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 × 305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-45° to +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax spindle-table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle-base distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e605 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase plate surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 × 205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP 54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 630 × 990 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo BM 25 T \/ 400 V Drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeyless chuck 1-16 mm \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaper arbor MT 2 \/ B 18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display: spindle travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight\/left spindle rotation function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of T-nuts for workpiece clamping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable protection with microswitch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate emergency stop switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of keys and service tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between MT 2 and B16\/B18 taper?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper MT 2 (MT 2) is the machine-side spindle connection, sized for self-clamping during rotation. The B18 shank of the keyless chuck (included) is the holder for drill bits from Ø 1 to Ø 16 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Morse taper allows mounting of chucks with MT shanks (for interchangeable use), reduced taper sleeves (e.g., MT 2 → MT 1 for smaller tools), direct MT shank drill bits (for Ø above 13 mm). The B18 shank is specific for cylindrical grip keyless chucks. For changing the chuck or mounting special tools, coupling compatibility must be observed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow does the digital spindle travel display work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt shows the real-time penetration depth of the drill bit into the workpiece, in millimeters (with 0.1 mm resolution). The operator presses a button to zero the depth at the start of drilling, then monitors the display during operation to stop at the desired depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA crucial feature for: non-through holes of predefined depth (blind holes for threads, bearing housings, centering pin slots), series production with identical depth on multiple workpieces, applications requiring depth precision (e.g., H7 coupling holes with tolerance less than 0.1 mm). Without a digital display, the operator must use a depth stop ring mounted on the spindle, which allows standard precision of 0.5-1 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the belt drive require maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, periodically. V-belts require tension checks every 200-500 hours of operation (intensive use) or every 6 months (occasional use). Typical replacement every 3-5 years in normal use, every 1-2 years in intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTensioning procedure: open the transmission cover, loosen the motor fixing bolt, move the motor to tension the belt (the belt should flex 5-10 mm under manual pressure), tighten the bolt, close the cover. Belt replacement: same procedure but with complete belt replacement. Original Bernardo replacement belts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the concentricity of the spindle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor BM bench drills, spindle concentricity is typically 0.03-0.05 mm: a standard value for standard professional applications. For higher precision applications (≤ 0.02 mm), gear drills (GB 30 TV) or CNC drills are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcentricity is the maximum deviation of the spindle axis from its theoretical axis during rotation. Lower (more precise) values require high-quality bearings, precision shafts, spindle balancing, careful construction. BM bench drills with 0.03-0.05 mm concentricity are suitable for most professional applications. For precision applications (reaming for H7 couplings, precision bearing holes), gear drills are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat electrical power supply is needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e400V three-phase voltage: 400V three-phase line with a dedicated 10A miniature circuit breaker. Standard cable cross-section 1.5 mm² up to 30 meters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with a domestic line (230V), the 230V model is the correct choice without additional electrical adaptation costs. For workshops with a three-phase line (400V), the 400V model is sized with a higher quality motor and extended lifespan: the three-phase motor has higher efficiency (90% vs 70% for single-phase) with less generated heat and a significantly longer lifespan (15-25 years vs 8-15 years for single-phase). For intensive continuous use, the 400V model is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696603566408,"sku":"01-1120","price":669.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BM_25_T_Trapano_da_banco_con_rotazione_destra_sinistra_e_display_digitale.jpg?v=1757427698"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/1745843380216blob.png?v=1753437442","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/drills-e-milling-machines-for-metal.oembed?page=3","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}